Honda 2014 Cr V Owners Manual

Honda-2014-Cr-V-Owners-Manual-106980 honda-2014-cr-v-owners-manual-106980

Owners Manual Pdf 0A1414OM 2014 Honda CR-V Owners Manual Pdf | Owner's Manual Pdf

2015-10-23

: Honda Honda-2014-Honda-Cr-V-Owners-Manual-816817 honda-2014-honda-cr-v-owners-manual-816817 honda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 365

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

0 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.

2 Safe Driving P. 23
For Safe Driving P. 24

Seat Belts P. 29

Airbags P. 37

2 Instrument Panel P. 67
Indicators P. 68

Gauges and Displays P. 77

2 Controls P. 95
Clock P. 96
Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 97
Opening and Closing the Moonroof * P. 110
Adjusting the Seats P. 122
Climate Control System * P. 145

2 Features P. 149
Audio System P. 150
Audio System Basic Operation P. 153
General Information on the Audio System P. 190

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
2 Driving P. 225

The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.

Before Driving P. 226
Towing a Trailer P. 231
Parking Your Vehicle P. 260 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 261

2 Maintenance P. 267
Before Performing Maintenance P. 268
Maintenance MinderTM P. 271
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 296
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * P. 311

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 319
Tools P. 320
Overheating P. 331

If a Tire Goes Flat P. 321
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 333

2 Information P. 343
Specifications P. 344
Emissions Testing P. 349

Identification Numbers P. 346
Warranty Coverages P. 351

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

1 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Contents
Quick Reference Guide
Child Safety P. 52

Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 65

Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 104 Security System P. 106
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 111
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 132

Rear Entertainment System * P. 174
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 194

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 237
Refueling P. 262

Opening and Closing the Windows P. 108
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 120
Heating and Cooling System * P. 142

Audio Error Messages P. 186
Compass P. 223

When Driving P. 239
Fuel Economy P. 265

Braking P. 256
Accessories and Modifications P. 266

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 277
Replacing Light Bulbs P. 289
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 300
Battery P. 309
Heating and Cooling System */Climate Control System * Maintenance P. 313

Remote Transmitter Care P. 310
Cleaning P. 314

Engine Does Not Start P. 327
Fuses P. 337

Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 330
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 341

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 347
Authorized Manuals P. 353

Jump Starting P. 328
Emergency Towing P. 340

Reporting Safety Defects P. 348
Customer Service Information P. 354

P. 2

Safety Labels P. 66

Safe Driving

P. 23

Instrument Panel

P. 67

Controls

P. 95

Features

P. 149

Driving

P. 225

Maintenance

P. 267

Handling the Unexpected

P. 319

Information

P. 343

Index

P. 355

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

2 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ ECON Button (P 245)
❙ System Indicators (P 68)
❙ Gauges (P 77)
❙ Information Display (P 78)
❙ intelligent Multi-Information
Display (i-MID) (P 81)

❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ Audio System (P 150)
❙ Navigation System *
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Heating and Cooling System *
(P 142)

❙ Climate Control System * (P 145)
❙ Rear Window Defogger (P 118)
❙ Heated Mirror Button * (P 118)
❙ Ignition Switch (P 111)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 119)
❙ Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Button (P 252)
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P 249)
2

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

3 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

❙ (Select/Reset) Knob (P 78)
❙ Brightness Control (P 117)

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 112)
❙ Fog Lights * (P 114)

❙
(Display) Button (P 81)
❙ Wipers/Washers (P 115)
❙ Cruise Control Buttons (P 246)
❙ Horn (Press an area around

❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons *
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons (P 194)

❙ MENU Button (P 84)
❙ SOURCE Button (P 84)
❙ (+ / (- / / Buttons (P 84)

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

4 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Power Window Switches (P 108)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P 102)
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 121)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 120)
❙ Driver's Front Airbag (P 40)
❙ Interior Fuse Box (P 338)
❙ Passenger's Front Airbag
(P 40)

❙ Shift Lever
Automatic Transmission
(P 242)

❙ Glove Box (P 133)
❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P 135)

❙ Parking Brake (P 256)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P 278)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P 263)
❙ Driver’s Pocket
4

❙ Seat Heater Switches *
(P 139)

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

5 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Cargo Area Light (P 132)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 60)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 61)
❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P 34)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 47)
❙ Rear Entertainment System * (P 174)
❙ Ceiling Light (P 132)
❙ Seat Belts (P 29)
❙ Moonroof Switch * (P 110)
❙ Map Lights (P 132)
❙ Sunglasses Holder (P 138)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Accessory Power Socket * (P 135)
❙ USB Adapter Cable (P 151)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack * (P 151)
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P 135)
❙ Console Side Pocket
❙ Front Seat (P 122)
❙ Side Airbags (P 44)

❙ Coat Hook (P 136)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Rear Seat (P 129)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 57)

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

6 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 277)
❙ Audio Antenna (P 152)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P 115, 296)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P 121)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 99)
❙ Headlights (P 112, 289)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P 112, 292)
❙ Side Marker Lights (P 112, 291)
❙ Tires (P 300, 321)
❙ Fog Lights * (P 114, 290)
❙ How to Refuel (P 263)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P 295)
❙ Rear Wiper (P 116, 298)
❙ Opening/Closing the Tailgate
(P 104)

❙ Tailgate Release Button (P 105)
❙ Multi-View Rear Camera * (P 261)
❙ Brake/Taillights (P 292)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P 292)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 292)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P 292)
6

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

7 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Eco Assist System

(P 245)
Quick Reference Guide

Ambient Meter

● Changes color to reflect your driving
style.
Green: Fuel efficient driving
Yellow: Moderate acceleration/
deceleration
White: Aggressive acceleration/
deceleration
● The ambient meter color changes in
accordance with your brake or
accelerator pedal operation.

ECON Button (P 245)
Helps maximize fuel economy.

ECON Mode Indicator (P 75)
Comes on when ECON mode is on.

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

8 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Safe Driving

(P 23)

Quick Reference Guide

Airbags (P 37)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P 52)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 65)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P 29)

Before Driving Checklist (P 28)

● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.

● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

9 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Instrument Panel

(P 67)

System Indicators

System Indicators
All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) System
Indicator *

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

Shift Lever Position Indicator

Charging System
Indicator

Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
Indicator

Temperature Gauge
Ambient Meter

Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator

Quick Reference Guide

Gauges (P 77)/Information Display (P 78)/
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) (P 81)/System Indicators (P 68)

Low Fuel Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Door Open Indicator
U.S.

Tailgate Open
Indicator

U.S.

Canada

Speedometer

ECON Mode Indicator

Tachometer

Immobilizer System
Indicator

System Indicators

Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator

Security System
Alarm Indicator

Fuel
Gauge

Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator

Side Airbag Off
Indicator

Canada

Cruise Main Indicator
Cruise Control
Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Maintenance Minder
Indicator

Fog Light Indicator *

Washer Level
Indicator *
* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

10 ページ

Controls

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

(P95)

Quick Reference Guide

Turn Signals (P112)
Turn Signal Control Lever

Lights (P112)
Light Control Switches

Right
High Beam

Wipers and Washers
(P115)

Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Long Delay
: Short Delay

Low Beam

Flashing
Left
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

11 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Steering Wheel (P119)

Tailgate (P104)

Power Windows (P108)

● With all the doors unlocked, press the
tailgate release button on the tailgate to
open it.

Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P101)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.

Power Door Mirrors
(P121)

Power Window Lock Button

Indicator

Quick Reference Guide

● With the ignition switch in ON (w , open
and close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger's window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger's window switch is disabled.

● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.

Window
Switch

● With the ignition switch in ON (w , move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

12 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Heating and Cooling System * (P 142)
Quick Reference Guide

●
●
●
●
●
●

Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
Press the Mode buttons (
/
/
/
) to select the vents air flows from.
Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
Use the
button for maximum cool setting.
Rotate the fan control dial to OFF to turn the system off.
Press the
button to defrost the windshield.
Button
Button
Button

Fan Control
Dial

Button

Button
(Windshield
Defroster) Button
(Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror *) Button

Temperature
Control Dial

(Recirculation) Button

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

Air flows from dashboard
vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

13 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Climate Control System * (P 145)

Clock (P 96)

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the
button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the
button to defrost the windshield.

Models without navigation system

SYNC (Synchronized) Button

Driver's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
(On/Off) Button

(Windshield
Defroster) Button

Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
AUTO Button
(Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror *) Button
(Recirculation) Button

(Fan Control) Buttons

A/C (Air Conditioning)
Button

Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the
displayed time begins flashing.

Press the (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute)
button to set the time. Press the (6
(Reset) button to set the time to the
nearest hour.

Press the CLOCK button again to set
the time.

Quick Reference Guide

Models with navigation system

The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for
complete details.

To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the
clock display begins to blink, then press the
(6 (Reset) button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock
sets forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00

MODE Control Button
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from floor vents.

Models with navigation system

The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.

Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

14 ページ

Features

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Audio Remote Controls

(P 149)

(P154)

Quick Reference Guide

Audio System (P 150)

(+ / (- Button

For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

Button

Multi-Information Display

SOURCE
Button

(Power)
Button
CD Slot
Button
AM Button
SCAN Button
FM Button
Button *

Preset Buttons
(1-6)
(CD Eject)
Button

FM/AM Button *

CD Button
AUX Button

Skip/Seek Button

PHONE Button

SETUP Button

Selector Knob

Button

● (+ / (- Button
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/CD/XM1 */XM2 */AUX.
●
/
Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

15 ページ

Driving

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

(P 225)
Quick Reference Guide

Automatic Transmission (P 243)
● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.

Release Button

Shift Lever

Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.

(d Button

Second
Used to increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 2nd gear)
First
Used to further increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 1st gear)
Drive (D3)
Press the (d button while the shift lever is in
(D .
Used when:
•Going up or down hills
•Towing a trailer in hilly terrain

Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of (P .
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

16 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

VSA® OFF Button (P 250)
Quick Reference Guide

● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.

Refueling (P 262)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 15.3 US gal (58 L)

Pull the fuel fill door
release handle.

Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.

Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.

After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.

Cruise Control (P 246)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press –/SET once you have
achieved the desired speed (above 25
mph or 40 km/h).

Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P 252)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

17 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Maintenance

(P 267)

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.

Quick Reference Guide

Under the Hood (P 277)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.

Wiper Blades (P 296)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.

Tires (P 300)

Lights (P 289)

● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.

● Inspect all lights regularly.

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

18 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Handling the Unexpected
Quick Reference Guide

Flat Tire (P321)

Engine Won't Start (P327) Overheating (P331)

● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
cargo area.

● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.

● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.

Indicators Come On

Blown Fuse (P337)

Emergency Towing

(P333)

● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.

(P340)

● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.

(P319)

● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

19 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

What to Do If
●

The ignition switch does
not turn from (q to (0 and
I cannot remove the key.
Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P .

Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.

The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the
lever to the unlock position.

●

The steering wheel may be locked.
Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.

Quick Reference Guide

The ignition switch does
not turn from (0 to (q .
Why?

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

Quick Reference Guide

20 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?

The beeper sounds when:
● The key is left in the ignition switch.
● The exterior lights are left on.

Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when:
● Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
● The parking brake lever is not fully released.

Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

21 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

Service Diagnostic Recorders

Quick Reference Guide

California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.

This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

22 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Quick Reference Guide

A Few Words About Safety

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgement.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.

● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

23 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 24
Important Handling Information......... 26
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 27
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 29
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 32
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 36
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 37
Types of Airbags ................................ 40
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 40

Side Airbags ...................................... 44
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 47
Airbag System Indicators.................... 48
Airbag Care ....................................... 51
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 52
Safety of Infants and Small Children .......54

Safety of Larger Children ................... 63
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 65
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 66

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

24 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

25 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

Safe Driving

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.

■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

26 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information

Important Handling Information

Safe Driving

Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tripping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.

1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Precautions While Driving P. 241
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 237
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

27 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

Your Vehicle's Safety Features
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
9

Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.

6
10
7
8
10

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners
Occupant Position Detection
System (OPDS) Sensor

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

28 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

■ Safety Checklist
Safe Driving

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 101

• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 122

• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 125

• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 32

• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 52

1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or the tailgate open indicator is on, a
door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed.
Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the
indicator goes off.
2 Door Open Indicator P. 72
2 Tailgate Open Indicator P. 72

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

29 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers

■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.

1About Your Seat Belts

3 WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.

Safe Driving

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.

2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 60

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

30 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Proper use of seat belts

1About Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

■ Seat Belt Reminder

1Seat Belt Reminder

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w before
the driver's seat belt is fastened, the beeper
will sound and the indicator will blink. If the
driver does not fasten the belt before the
beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver's and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w .
When no one is sitting in the front passenger's seat,
or a child or small adult is riding there, the indicator
will not come on.
This is because the weight sensors in the seat cannot
detect their presence.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

31 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

Safe Driving

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

32 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 122
Safe Driving

Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.

Buckle

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.

Latch
Plate

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

33 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

1Fastening a Seat Belt

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.

Safe Driving

Lap belt
as low as
possible

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release buttons.
Push
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
Push
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.

Continued

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

34 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.

Small Latch Plate

1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor

3 WARNING

Safe Driving

Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.

Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate

2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.

To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
Latch Plate

Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate

Buckle

3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.

Small Latch Plate

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

35 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

36 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Safe Driving

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

3 WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

37 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Airbags
Airbag System Components

11 12

Safe Driving

6
8

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

38 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:

d An electronic control unit that continually

monitors and records information about
the sensors, the airbag activators, the
seat belt tensioners, and driver and front
passenger seat belt use when the ignition
switch is in ON (w .

sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.

a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.

e Automatic

front seat belt tensioners. The
driver's and front passenger's seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.

b Two

side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

c Two

side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

j Sensors

that can detect if a child or small
statured adult is in the deployment path
of the front passenger's side airbag.

k An indicator on the instrument panel that
fA

h Impact

driver's seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.

alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l An indicator on the instrument panel that

g Weight

sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).

alerts you that the front passenger's side
airbag has been turned off.
m Safing
nA

Sensor

rollover sensor that detects whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

39 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

40 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.

■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON (w .
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or
other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

41 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Operation
Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

42 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ When front airbags should not deploy

Safe Driving

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

43 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor

If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.

The passenger's advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.

Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors

If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.

Although we recommend against carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger's front airbag.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

44 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the upper torso of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Safe Driving

■ Housing Locations
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seatbacks.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
Housing
Location

■ Operation
When
inflated

Side
Airbag

When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.

1Side Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger's side, the airbag
may not deploy when there is no passenger in the
front passenger seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

45 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

Continued

Safe Driving

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

46 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ Side Airbag Cutoff System
Safe Driving

To reduce the likelihood that a front passenger may be injured by an inflating side
airbag, the passenger side airbag is automatically turned off when:
• The height sensors detect a child or short-statured adult is seated in the front
passenger seat.
• The position sensor detects that the front passenger is leaning into the
deployment path of the side airbag.
When the side airbag cutoff system is activated, the side airbag off indicator comes
on.
2 Side Airbag Off Indicator P. 50

■ Side Airbag Off Indicator
If the side airbag off indicator comes on, have the passenger sit upright. A few
seconds after the passenger is sitting properly, the side airbag will automatically be
turned on, and the indicator will go off.
If the front passenger is a child, stop when it is safe to do so, and have the child sit
properly restrained in a rear seat.

1Side Airbag Cutoff System
Sensor that
monitors the
passenger’s height.

Sensor that monitors the
passenger’s position.
The sensors that monitor the front passenger's height
and body position may not work if:
• The seat-back is wet
• The passenger is touching a metal or other
electrical conductive object
• A seat cushion is on the seat
• The passenger is wearing excessively thick clothing

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

47 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

■ Housing Locations
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.

1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
The airbag on the passenger's side will deploy, and
the seat belt tensioner will activate, even if there are
no passengers on that side of the vehicle.

Safe Driving

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.

To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

48 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

Safe Driving

One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.

Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on.

■ SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.

1SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator

3 WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

49 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S.

Canada

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

■ When the passenger airbag off

• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.

Safe Driving

indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:

• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger's seat.

• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger's seat.

2 Child Safety P. 52

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

50 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Side Airbag Off Indicator

1Side Airbag Off Indicator

■ When the side airbag off indicator comes on
Safe Driving

U.S.

Canada

This indicator comes on if the passenger's side
airbag has been turned off because the
passenger is too small to be sitting in the front
seat, is slouching or not sitting upright, or has
leaned into the airbag's deployment path.
Unless the passenger is a smaller statured
adult or a child, the indicator should go off
when the passenger returns to a proper
upright sitting position.

When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the
indicator should come on for a few seconds and then
go out. If it doesn't come on, stays on, or comes on
while driving without a passenger in the front seat,
have the system checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

51 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.

Safe Driving

■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.

1Airbag Care

■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger's seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

52 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
Safe Driving

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

53 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

3 WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.

Safe Driving

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came
with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has
labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 66

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

54 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children
■ Protecting Infants
Safe Driving

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat maker's weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is
at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.

1Protecting Infants

3 WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 37

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

55 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

3 WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Continued

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

56 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Selecting a Child Seat
Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

57 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in rear seats. A child seat is attached
to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

Marks

Lower Anchors

Rigid Type

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

58 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Safe Driving

For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Flexible Type

Outer position

Tether
Strap
Hook

Outer position

3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
4. Go to step 7.

Anchor

Center position

Center Lower Anchor

Cover

Center position

3. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
4. Open the anchor cover.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

59 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Center position

Anchor

All models

Tether Strap
Hook

7. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
8. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
9. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

Continued

Safe Driving

5. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
6. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

60 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

61 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Adding Security with a Tether
Anchor Fitting

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
Safe Driving

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

1Adding Security with a Tether

Two tether anchorage points are provided
behind the rear outer seating positions and
one in the ceiling for the rear center. A child
seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.

Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.

Tether Anchorage Points

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

62 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Tether
Strap
Hook
Safe Driving
Anchor

Anchor

Tether Strap
Hook

■ Using an outer anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

■ Using the center anchor
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

63 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children
■ Protecting Larger Children

1Safety of Larger Children

■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Continued

3 WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.

Safe Driving

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

64 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

■ Booster Seats

1Booster Seats

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child's safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

65 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the heating and cooling system */climate control
system * as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the
mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.

Safe Driving

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.

Adjust the heating and cooling system */climate control system * in the same manner
if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

66 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
Safe Driving

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models

Canadian models

Sun Visor
U.S. models only

Doorjambs
U.S. models
Dashboard
U.S. models only

Canadian models

Radiator Cap

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

67 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 68
Gauges and Displays
Gauges.............................................. 77
Information Display............................ 78
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)... 81

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

68 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Indicators

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

U.S.
Instrument Panel

●

Canada

Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator

●

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then
goes off if the parking brake has been
released.
Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is released.
Comes on when the brake fluid level is
low.
Comes on if there is a problem with the
brake system.
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if you drive with the parking
brake not fully released.

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w , and goes off when the
engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is
low.

●

Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking
brake is released. Check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on while
driving P. 335

●

Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator Comes On (Red)
P. 335

Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe
place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 333

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

69 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics
for the emissions control systems.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place where
there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for
10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 349

●

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks P. 334
●

Charging System
Indicator

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition switch
to ON (w , and goes off when the engine
starts.
Comes on when the battery is not charging.

Indicates current the shift lever position.
(d indicator:
● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
Shift Lever
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Position Indicator ● Comes on when you press the (d button
while the shift lever is in (D .

●

Instrument Panel

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you turn the ignition switch
to ON (w , and goes off when the engine
starts, or after several seconds if the engine
did not start. If “readiness codes” have not
been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the
emissions control systems.
Blinks when a misfire in the engine's cylinders
is detected.

Explanation

Comes on while driving - Turn off the heating and
cooling system */climate control system * and rear
defogger to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
P. 333

●

* Not available on all models

2 Shifting P. 243

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

70 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Transmission
Indicator

●

Instrument Panel

●

Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator

●

Low Fuel
Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Blinks if the transmission system has a
problem.

●

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and
acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.

Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are
not wearing a seat belt when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w .
If the front passenger is not wearing a seat
belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds
later.
Blinks while driving if either you or the front
passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The
beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.

●

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you
and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front passenger has
fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on when the fuel reserve is running
low (approximately 2.3 U.S. gal./8.6 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel
gauge.

●

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 30

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

71 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator

On/Blinking
●

●

Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

●

All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) System
Indicator *

●

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time, there is a
problem with the ABS.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of the
following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the
AWD.
Blinks when the AWD system is overheated.
The system is inactive.

●

Stays on constantly - the engine drives the front
wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - the engine drives the front
wheels only in this state. Stop in a safe place, shift to
(P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If
the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle
to a dealer.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 258

●

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
SystemTM * P. 251

* Not available on all models

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

72 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Instrument Panel

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator

●
●

●

VSA® OFF
Indicator

●

Door Open
Indicator

●

Tailgate Open
Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Blinks when VSA® is active.
Comes on if there is a problem with the
VSA® system.
Comes on if there is a problem with the hill
start assist system.

Explanation
●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System P. 249

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate VSA®.

2 VSA® On and Off P. 250

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on if any door is not completely
closed.
The beeper sounds and the indicator comes
on if any door is opened while driving.

●

Goes off when all doors are closed.

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on if the tailgate is not completely
closed.

●

Goes off when the tailgate is closed.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

73 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator

●

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition switch
to ON (w , and goes off when the engine
starts.
Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS
system.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w .
May come on for a few seconds again if the
engine is not started for several tens of
seconds with the ignition switch in ON (w .
Comes on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly low.
- The system has not been calibrated.

●

Blinks for about one minute, and then stays
on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or
when a compact spare tire is temporarily
installed.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On P. 335

●

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place,
check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if
necessary.
Stays on after the tires are inflated to the
recommended pressures - The system needs to be
calibrated.

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 TPMS Calibration P. 252

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact
spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and
put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

74 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Turn Signal
Indicators
Instrument Panel

High Beam
Indicator
Lights On
Indicator
Fog Light
Indicator *

●

Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or
in AUTO * when the exterior lights are on.

●

Comes on when the fog lights are on.

●

Canada

Side Airbag Off
Indicator

* Not available on all models

●

Comes on for a few seconds when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on when the passenger side airbag
system is automatically shut off.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal
light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 292

Comes on when the high beam headlights
are on.

●

U.S.

Blinks when you operate the turn signal
lever.
Blinks along with all turn signals if you press
the hazard warning button.

Explanation

—
●

If you remove the key from the ignition switch while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver's
door is opened.
—

●

It does not mean there is a problem with your side
airbags.
Comes on when nobody is sitting in the
passenger seat - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Comes on when someone is sitting in the seat Have the passenger sit properly.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

75 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Security System
Alarm Indicator *

Blinks when the security system alarm has
been set.

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Turn the ignition
switch to LOCK (0 , pull the key out, and then insert
the key and turn it to ON (w again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other
devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.

Instrument Panel

Immobilizer
System Indicator

Comes on briefly when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot
recognize the key information.

Explanation

2 Security System Alarm * P. 106

Indicator

ECON Mode
Indicator

* Not available on all models

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on when the ECON mode is on.

2 ECON Button P. 245

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

76 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator

Instrument Panel

CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
Washer Level
Indicator *

On/Blinking
●

●

* Not available on all models

Comes on when you press the CRUISE
button.

2 Cruise Control P. 246

Comes on when you have set a speed for
cruise control.

2 Cruise Control P. 246

Comes on when the washer fluid gets low.

●

Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 288

●

Maintenance
Minder Indicator

Explanation

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition switch
to ON (w , then goes off.
Comes on when the scheduled maintenance
is due soon.

2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 271

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

77 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w .

■ Speedometer
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

■ Fuel Gauge
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

1Fuel Gauge

Instrument Panel

■ Tachometer

NOTICE

You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.

■ Temperature Gauge
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE

Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 331

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

78 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display

Information Display
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and
maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.

■ Switching the Display
Press the

(Select/Reset) knob to change the display.

1Switching the Display
Each time you press the
knob, the information
display changes as follows:

Instrument Panel

Instant Fuel Economy,
Odometer, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature

Instant Fuel Economy,
Range, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature

Instant Fuel Economy,
Average Fuel A, Trip Meter
A, Outside Temperature

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Instant Fuel Economy,
Average Fuel B, Trip Meter
B, Outside Temperature

Engine Oil Life

Some of the items on the information display also
appear on the i-MID. They also change along with the
information display changes while the fuel
consumption is shown.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

79 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display

■ Trip Meter

1Trip Meter

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

knob. The trip meter is

■ Average Fuel Economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.

Instrument Panel

■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the
reset to 0.0.

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the
knob.

■ Engine Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 271

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

■ Check Fuel Cap
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 334

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

80 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display

■ Outside Temperature
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Instrument Panel

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.

1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road
heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the
temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less
than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the i-MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 84

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

81 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Shows useful information, such as audio status. It also displays the compass
direction and clock.

■ Switching the Display
Press the

(display) button to change the display.
Instrument Panel

Audio/HFL display
123456

Display
Button

Fuel consumption

Full size analogue clock/
Wallpaper

Black screen

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

82 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

■ Elapsed Time
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

■ Average Speed
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

1Average Fuel Economy
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Range, elapsed time, or average
speed can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 84
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 84

1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 84
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 84

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

83 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 271

■ Compass Direction
2 Compass P. 223

■ Turn-by-Turn Directions *

1Turn-by-Turn Directions *

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 See the Navigation System Manual

* Not available on all models

Continued

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 84

Instrument Panel

Shows the vehicle's traveling direction.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

84 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Customized Features

1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the (+ / (button.
2 List of customizable options P. 87
2 Example of customizing wallpapers P. 90

Use the i-MID to customize certain features.

■ How to customize
Instrument Panel

Select the Vehicle Menu screen by pressing the MENU button while the ignition
switch is in ON (w , and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Select Customize
Settings, then press the SOURCE button.

(+ Button

Press to scroll upwards.
Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
(- Button

Press to scroll downwards.

SOURCE Button
Press to set your selection.
Button
Press to go to the next
display.
MENU Button
Press to go to Vehicle Menu.

When you customize settings, shift to (P .

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

85 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Customization flow
Press the MENU button.

1Customized Features
You can exit the customizing screen at any time by
pressing the MENU button.

Vehicle Menu
Vehicle Information
Instrument Panel

Adjust Clock *

* Not available on all models

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

86 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Customize Settings

Select Wallpaper

Display Setup

Import Wallpaper
Delete Wallpaper
Trip Meter Item to Display
Welcome Screen

Instrument Panel

Color Theme
Turn by Turn Display *
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Trip Computer Setup

Trip A reset trigger
Trip B reset trigger
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
Interior Light Dimming Time

Lighting Setup

Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity *
Auto Door Lock

Door Setup

Door Lock Mode
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Acknowledgment
Security Relock Timer

Default All

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

87 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ List of customizable options
Setup Group
Vehicle
Information

Customizable Features
Maintenance info

No/Yes

Selects the 12 hour or 24 hour clock display, and
adjusts the time.

12h*1/24h

Select
Wallpaper

Selects the full-size analogue clock or the wallpaper.

Clock*1/Image 1/Image 2/
Image 3

Import
Wallpaper

Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

Delete
Wallpaper

Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

Image 1/Image 2/Image 3

Trip Meter
Item to Display

Selects an item to be displayed along with average
fuel economy.

Range*1/Elapsed time/
Average speed

Welcome
Screen

Selects whether the welcome screen comes on or
not when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w .

On*1/Off

Color Theme

Changes the color of the screen.

Blue*1/Red/Amber/Gray

Turn by Turn
Display *, *2

Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
or not during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

Language
Selection

Changes the displayed language.

English*1/Francais/Español

Three images can be stored.
2 Importing wallpapers
from USB P. 90

Instrument Panel

Display
Setup

Selectable settings

Reset the Maintenance MinderTM.

Adjust
Clock *

Customize
Settings

Description

*1: Default Setting
*2: See the Navigation System Manual
* Not available on all models

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

88 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Instrument Panel

Trip
Computer
Setup

Customize
Settings

Lighting
Setup

*1: Default Setting

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable settings

Adjust
Outside
Temp.
Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

−5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)
−3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)

Trip A reset
trigger

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed
time A.

With refuel/Manual
only*1/IGN Off

Trip B reset
trigger

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.

With refuel/Manual
only*1/IGN Off

Fuel
Efficiency
Backlight

Turns the ambient meter feature on and off.

On*1/Off

Interior Light
Dimming
Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight
Auto Off
Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on
after you close the driver’s door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light
Sensitivity *

Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.

Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

89 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Door
Setup

Default
All

Description

Selectable settings

Auto Door
Lock

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.

Off/With Vehicle Speed*1/
Shift from P

Door Lock
Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or ignition key.

Driver Door*1/All Doors

Auto Door
Unlock

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.

Off/Driver Door with Shift to
P*1/All Doors with Shift to P/
Driver Door with IGN Off/All
Doors with IGN Off

Keyless Lock
Acknowledgment

Turns on or off the keyless lock acknowledgment of:
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security
Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.

Instrument Panel

Customize
Settings

Customizable Features

Cancel
Reset All Defaults

*1:Default Setting

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

90 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Example of customizing wallpapers

1Customized Features

You can customize the display from clock to wallpaper.

• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
•

Instrument Panel

•
•

•
Importing wallpapers from USB
You can import up to three images, one at a time for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
Select Import Wallpaper from Customize Settings and properly connect a USB
flash drive to store an image.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter
cable.
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 151

2. Press the MENU button.
3. Select Customize Settings with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Select Display Setup with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.

•

in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
Each image file can be up to 2 MB.
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
The number of files that can be selected is up to
255.
Up to 64 characters can be displayed in the file
name.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

91 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

5. Select Import Wallpaper with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The file names are displayed on the
screen.

Instrument Panel

6. Press the (- button until the file name you
want to store appears on the center of the
display, then press the SOURCE button.

7. The preview of the imported data is
displayed. Press the SOURCE button if it is
OK.
8. Press the SOURCE button to save the
image file.
Save

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

92 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

9. Select the location you want to store the
image file in with the (+ / (- button,
then press the SOURCE button.
10. Press the MENU button to exit the
customizing screen.
Instrument Panel

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

93 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Selecting a wallpaper

5. Select the image file you want with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
u When the scroll is stopped, the
thumbnail is displayed.
6. Press the MENU button to exit the
customizing screen.

Instrument Panel

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Customize Settings with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Select Display Setup with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Select Select Wallpaper with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

94 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

95 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................... 96
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................... 97
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ............................................ 99
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 101
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 102
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 103
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 104
Security System ................................ 106
Immobilizer System .......................... 106
Security System Alarm * .................... 106
Opening and Closing the Windows..... 108

* Not available on all models

Opening and Closing the Moonroof * .. 110
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch................................. 111
Turn Signals ..................................... 112
Light Switches.................................. 112
Fog Lights * ...................................... 114
Daytime Running Lights ................... 114
Wipers and Washers ........................ 115
Brightness Control ........................... 117
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror *
Button ........................................... 118
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 119

Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 120
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 120
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 121
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 122
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 122
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 132
Interior Lights .................................. 132
Interior Convenience Items .............. 133
Heating and Cooling System * ......... 142
Using Vents, Heating and A/C.......... 142
Climate Control System * .................. 145
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 145
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 148

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

96 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch in ON (w .

■ Using the MENU button

Controls

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Adjust Clock with the (+ / (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Press the (+ / (- button to change the
setting between 12h and 24h.
4. Select hour or minute with the
/
button.
5. Press the (+ / (- button to adjust the
numbers up or down.
6. Select Set with the
/
button, then
press the SOURCE button to enter your
selection.
u The display will return to the Adjust
Clock display.
■ Using the SETUP button
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Adjust Clock, then press .
3. Rotate
to select the item you want to change (12/24 hour mode, hour,
minute). Then press .
4. Rotate
to make the adjustment.
5. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps
4 to 6 to adjust other items.
6. To enter the selection, Rotate
and select Set, then press .
7. Press the SETUP button to go back to the normal display.

1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate
to select.
Press
to enter.
To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock
display begins to blink, then press the (6 (Reset)
button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets
forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00
Models with navigation system

The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

97 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following key:

1Key Types and Functions

■ Master Keys
Use the key to start and stop the engine, and
to lock and unlock the doors and tailgate. You
can also lock and unlock the doors and
tailgate pressing the buttons on remote
transmitter.

The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.

Controls

Continued

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 106

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

98 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

■ Valet Key
Gray

1Valet Key

Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver's door.

Controls

■ Key Number Tag

When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.

1Key Number Tag

Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

99 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
1Using the Remote Transmitter

■ Using the Remote Transmitter
■ Locking the doors
LED
Lock
Button

Unlock
Button

■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.

If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 132

Controls

Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 84

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or
the tailgate is open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 310
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 84

Continued

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

100 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Fully insert the key and turn it.

Lock

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 84

Controls

Unlock

■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
■ Locking the driver's door
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

■ Locking the passenger's doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.

100

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

101 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Using the Lock Tab
To Lock

To Unlock

Lock Tab

1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at
the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.

■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.

■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Inner
Handle

Controls

■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 102

Continued

101

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

102 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.

To Lock

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
The front passenger’s door also has the master door
lock switch.

To Unlock
Controls

Master Door
Lock Switch

Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.

■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
Unlock

Lock

102

To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

103 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a
certain condition is met.

■ Auto Door Locking

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the i-MID.
2 Customized Features P. 84

■ Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto Door Unlocking

Controls

■ Park unlock mode
The driver’s door unlocks when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal
depressed.

103

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

104 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.

■ Opening the tailgate

Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.

• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.

When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.

■ Closing the tailgate
Controls

Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 65

104

1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

105 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuUsing the Tailgate Release Button

Using the Tailgate Release Button
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked. Press the tailgate release button
and lift open the tailgate.

Tailgate
Release
Button
Controls

To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.

Inner Handle

105

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

106 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition
switch.
Controls

Security System Alarm *
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood, or doors are opened
without the key, or remote transmitter.

■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all the exterior lights flash.

■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key or remote transmitter, or turning the ignition switch
to ON (w . The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

106

* Not available on all models

1Immobilizer System
NOTICE

Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm *
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

107 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm *

■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in LOCK (0 , and the key has been removed from the
ignition switch.
• The hood and tailgate are closed.
• All doors and tailgate are locked with the key or the remote transmitter.

■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key or
remote transmitter, or the ignition switch is turned to ON (w . The security system
alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when unlocking the door with
the lock tab.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.

Controls

■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

1Security System Alarm *

■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote

Panic
Button

transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.

■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
* Not available on all models

107

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

108 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w , using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open
and close all the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed
in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the
driver's seat.

Controls

When the power window lock button is switched on (pushed in, indicator on), you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.

■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Driver’s
Window
Switch

Indicator
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch

■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.

108

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

109 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close

To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.

Open
Controls

109

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

110 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Opening and Closing the Moonroof *
■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w . Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
Open
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

Controls

Tilt

The moonroof automatically opens or closes
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.

■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.

110

* Not available on all models

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

3 WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
NOTICE

Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

111 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
1Ignition Switch
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in (P .
(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this
position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.

If the key won't turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY
(q , turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.

Controls

(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of
the key.

If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q , a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.

111

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

112 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
Right Turn

The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w .

■ One-touch turn signal

Left Turn

When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.

Controls

This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.

Light Switches

1Light Switches

■ Manual Operation
High Beams

Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights

112

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.

If you remove the key from the ignition switch with
the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds when
you open the driver's door.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

113 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Lighting Control *
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w .

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Controls

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.

1Automatic Lighting Control *

Light Sensor

2 Customized Features P. 84

■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you remove the key, and close the driver's door.
u You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 84

If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 with the headlight switch on, but do not
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the
AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

* Not available on all models

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min

The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Bright

Dark

113

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

114 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights *

Fog Lights *
Can be used when the low beam headlights
are on.
Rotate the switch up from the OFF position to
the
position.

Fog Light Switch
Controls

Daytime Running Lights
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON (w .
• The headlight switch is off, or in
.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch will turn off the daytime running lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.

114

* Not available on all models

1Fog Lights *
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

115 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers
■ Windshield Wipers/Washers

1Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w .

Pull to
use
washer.

MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.

NOTICE

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.

Controls

Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring *

■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.

■ Adjusting the delay *
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
delay.

Models with intermittent time adjustment ring

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.

Long delay

HI: High speed wipe
Short delay

■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.

* Not available on all models

Continued

115

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

116 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

■ Rear Wiper/Washer

1Wipers and Washers

The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w .

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
Controls

■ Washer (
INT: Intermittent
ON: Continuous wipe
OFF
Washer

)
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.

■ Operating in reverse
When you shift the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.

116

Front Wiper Position

Rear Wiper Operation

INT (Intermittent)

Intermittent

LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe)

Continuous

If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the
ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0 , then
remove the obstacle.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

117 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w , you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
Control Knob

Instrument panel brightness differs between when
the exterior lights are on and when they are off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when the
lights are on.
Pressing the
display.

(Select/Reset) knob switches the

If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
exterior lights are on.

Controls

You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
information display will return to its original
state several seconds after you adjust the
brightness.

1Brightness Control

■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display while you are adjusting it.

117

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

118 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w .
Models with heating and cooling system

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 20 minutes.
However, if the outside temperature is 18°F
(−8°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
Controls

Models with climate control system

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.

118

* Not available on all models

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button
NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, and may
weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the
engine. Turn it off when the window has been
defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period even if
the engine is idling.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

119 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3 WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.

Controls

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
To adjust
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
To lock
Lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

119

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

120 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.

■ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions *
Tab

Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 122

Controls

Daytime
Position
Down
Night Position

■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror *
Reduces the glare from headlights behind you
when driving after dark. Press the auto button
to turn this function on and off. When
activated, the auto indicator comes on.

Indicator

120

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Sensor
Auto Button

* Not available on all models

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror *
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in (R .

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

121 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w .

Adjustment
Switch

Selector
Switch

■ Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Inner Segment

The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.

1Expanded View Driver's Mirror

Controls

■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.

Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appears smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

Outer Segment

121

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

122 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Allow sufficient
space.

Move back.
Controls

Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.

■ Adjusting the driver’s power seat *

1Adjusting the Seats

3 WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

Horizontal Position
Adjustment

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Height Adjustment

Lumbar Support
Adjustment

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment

122

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

123 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s)

1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.

Height Adjustment
(Driver’s side)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.

Controls

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Horizontal Position
Adjustment

Pull up the lever to
change the angle.

Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.

Continued

123

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

124 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.

Controls

124

The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

3 WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

125 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the Head Restraints

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.

■ Adjusting the front head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.

Continued

Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.

Controls

Position head in the center
of the head restraint.

Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.

3 WARNING

125

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

126 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position

Controls

A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
Front and rear center head restraints

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove the head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall the head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

126

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3 WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

127 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Folding Down the Rear Outer Head Restraint
Strap

A passenger in an outer back seating position
should put the head restraint in the upright
position before the vehicle begins moving.

Continued

Controls

To fold down the head restraint:
Pull the strap.
To put the head restraint back in the
upright position:
Pull up the head restraint and push rearward
until it latches.

127

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

128 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.

Controls

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

128

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3 WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

129 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Rear Seats
■ Folding Down the Rear Seats

1Folding Down the Rear Seats

The rear seats can be folded down separately to allow for additional storage space.

■ To fold down the seat
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 34

Remove any items from the rear seat cushion and
floor before you fold down the rear seat.
Make sure the seat-back completely lowers (a click
sounds). Otherwise it will not re-latch when returned
to the upright position.

From the rear door side

4. Pull the release strap.
u The seat cushion flips forward, the head
restraints tilt downward, and the seatback then folds flat.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.

Controls

3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.

Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the rear seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.

Pull
From the cargo area side

Lever

4. Pull the release lever.
u The seat cushion flips forward, the head
restraints tilt downward, and the seatback then folds flat.

Continued

129

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

130 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

■ To return the seat to the original
position
1. Pull the seat-back up and push back into
place until a click is heard.

Controls

2. Push the head restraint up to its original
position.
3. Pull the seat cushion up and push it down
into its original position.

■ Rear Seat-back Adjusting
Pull the lever on the right to change the angle
of the right half of the seat-back, and left for
the left half.

130

1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

131 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest *
Pull down the armrest.

Controls

■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.

* Not available on all models

131

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

132 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches

1Interior Light Switches

■ ON

Front

Off

Door Activated Position
Controls

Rear and Cargo Area
On
Off

Door Activated Position

The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver's door.
• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.
Only the cargo area light comes on when the
tailgate is opened.
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.

■ Map Lights
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver's door but do not open
it.
• When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 84
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver's door.
• When you close the driver's door with the key in
the ignition switch.
• When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
If you leave any doors open without the key in the
ignition switch, the interior lights go off after about
15 minutes.
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, pressing the lens does
not turn off the map light.

132

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

133 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Interior Convenience Items
■ Glove Box

1Glove Box

Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the master key.
To Lock

3 WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.

Glove Box

Controls

■ Console Compartment
Slide the lid using the release knob to open or
close the console compartment.

Continued

133

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

134 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders

■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.

NOTICE

Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.

Controls

■ Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.

134

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

135 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w .
■ Accessory power socket on the console
panel
Open the cover to use it.

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).

■ Accessory power socket in the console
compartment *
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.

* Not available on all models

Continued

Controls

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
When both sockets are being used, the combined
power rating of the accessories should not exceed
180 watts (15 amps).

135

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

136 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Coat Hook

1Coat Hook

There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.

Controls

■ Cargo Side Net
Use the cargo side net to secure items to the
side.

136

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

137 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Tie-down Anchors
Hooks

1Tie-down Anchors

The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.

Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.

Hooks

1Cargo Hooks

The cargo hooks on both sides of the cargo
area can be used to hang a light items.

Controls

■ Cargo Hooks

NOTICE

Do not hang a large object or an object that weighs
more than 6lbs (3kg) on the side cargo hooks.
Hanging heavy or large objects may damage the
hooks.

Hook

Continued

137

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

138 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
Press

You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.

Controls

■ Conversation mirror
The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.
Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it
back to the first detent.
You can use the mirror to view the rear seats.

138

Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

139 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Seat Heaters *

1Seat Heaters *

The ignition switch must be in ON (w to use
the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.

3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

The indicator for your setting comes on while
the seat heater is in use. Press the button on
the opposite side to turn the heater off. The
indicator goes off.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
select LO to keep the seat warm.

* Not available on all models

Continued

Controls

Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.

139

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

140 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Tonneau Cover *

1Tonneau Cover *

The tonneau cover can be used to conceal
items in the cargo area and protect them from
direct sunlight.

■ To extend:
Handle
Controls

Mounting Rod

Pull the handle on the center edge, then clip
the mounting rods in the hooks on both sides
of the tailgate opening.

■ To retract:
Slip the rods out of the hooks, then slowly roll
it back until it is completely retracted.

Hook

■ To remove:
Push either end of the housing inward, then
lift it out of its position.

140

* Not available on all models

Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Do not stack objects higher than the top of the seat
in the cargo area. They could block your view and be
thrown about the vehicle during a sudden stop.
To prevent tonneau cover damage:
• Do not place items on the tonneau cover.
• Do not put weight on the tonneau cover.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

141 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ To store:
The housing unit can be stored on the cargo
area floor to make more space available.
Push one end of the unit into the hole on one
side panel, then insert the other end into the
hole on the other side.

Controls

After storing the unit, rock it up and down to
make sure it is securely placed.

141

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

142 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Heating and Cooling System *
Using Vents, Heating and A/C

Mode Buttons

Windshield Defroster Button

Change airflow.

Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from
the defroster vents at the base of the
windshield, and switches the mode to
fresh air.

Controls

Floor and defroster vents
Floor vents
Dashboard and floor vents
Dashboard vents

Fan Control Dial
Adjusts the fan speed.
Rotate the dial all the
way to OFF to turn
everything off.

Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow
from the dashboard vents, and
switches the mode to recirculation.

A/C Button
Press to cool the interior or
dehumidify while heating.

Temperature
Control Dial
Adjusts the interior
temperature.

(Recirculation) Button
Press the
button and switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on):
Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off):
Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.

142

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

143 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuHeating and Cooling System * uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C

■ Heating

1Heating

■ To rapidly warm up the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select
.
3. Set the temperature to maximum high.
4. Press the
button (indicator on).

When you select
, the mode automatically
switches to fresh air.

1To rapidly warm up the interior

Controls

The heater uses heat from the engine coolant
to warm the air.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select
.
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the
button (indicator off).

Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets
warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in
recirculation mode.

■ To dehumidify the interior
When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the
interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control dial.
2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning system.
3. Select
.
4. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control dial.

Continued

143

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

144 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuHeating and Cooling System * uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C

■ Cooling

1To rapidly cool down the interior

1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select
.
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (indicator on).

While in the ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Pressing the
button bypasses the ECON mode
control, and cools down the interior more rapidly.

Controls

■ To rapidly cool down the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Set the temperature to maximum low.
3. Press the
button (indicator on).

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.

■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Press the
button.
3. Press the
button.
4. Set the temperature to maximum high.

144

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows.

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

145 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Climate Control System *
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Dashboard vents Dashboard and
floor vents

Floor vents

(Fan Control) Buttons

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver's side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the
button to cancel.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on AUTO, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

Controls

Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
(Recirculation) Button

If any button is pressed while in AUTO, the function
of that button takes priority.
The AUTO indicator goes off, but functions of other
buttons pressed are still in auto mode.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.

Floor and
defroster vents
AUTO Button

Driver's Side
Temperature
Control Dial

1Using Automatic Climate Control

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the
button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
While in ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the
button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
* Not available on all models

Continued

145

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

146 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuClimate Control System * uUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Pressing the
button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.

Controls

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.

■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the
2. Press the

146

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1To rapidly defrost the windows

button.
button.

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

147 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuClimate Control System * uSynchronized Mode

Synchronized Mode
1Synchronized Mode
When you press the
button, the system changes
to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.
Models with navigation system

Controls

In AUTO mode, the system adjusts each temperature
based on the information of the sunlight sensor and
the sun position updated by the navigation system’s
GPS.

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.

147

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

148 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuClimate Control System * uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.

Sensor

Controls

148

Sensor

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

149 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 150
USB Adapter Cable .......................... 151
Auxiliary Input Jack * ........................ 151
Audio Antenna ................................ 152
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 152
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 153
Audio Remote Controls.................... 154
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 155
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 156
Playing XM® Radio * ......................... 159
Playing a CD .................................... 161
Playing an iPod®............................... 164

* Not available on all models

Playing Internet Radio ...................... 167
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 169
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 172
Rear Entertainment System * ........... 174
Audio Error Messages ...................... 186
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 190
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 194
HFL Menus ...................................... 196
Compass ............................................ 223

149

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

150 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Audio System
About Your Audio System
Models with navigation system

1About Your Audio System

See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these features.
Models without navigation system

The audio system features AM/FM radio and the XM® Radio * service. It can also play
audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod®, iPhone®, and
Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the remote controls on the steering wheel.

XM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
XM® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio, Inc.

Features

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod®

Remote Control

150

XM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only.
For more information on XM® Radio, contact a
dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 190

* Not available on all models

USB Flash
Drive

iPod® and iPhone® are trademarks of Apple, Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

151 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Adapter Cable

USB Adapter Cable
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod® dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.

1USB Adapter Cable

• Do not leave the iPod® or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•
•

Auxiliary Input Jack *
Use the jack to connect a standard audio device.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.

* Not available on all models

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod®, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer's instructions
provided with the iPod® or visit www.apple.com/
ipod.

Features

•

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
Do not connect the iPod® or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

1Auxiliary Input Jack *
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the AUX button.
You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace
the audio system.

151

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

152 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Antenna

Audio Antenna
Your vehicle is equipped with a removable
antenna at the rear of the roof.

1Audio Antenna
NOTICE

Before using a “drive-through” car wash, remove the
antenna by unscrewing it by hand. This prevents the
antenna from being damaged by the car wash
brushes.

Audio System Theft Protection
Features

The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.

■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w , and turn on the audio system.
u If you turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q , you will be requested to
enter the audio security code. See step 3.
2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the system’s control unit recognizes that
the system is in your vehicle.
If the control unit fails to recognize, ENTER CODE appears on the i-MID.
3. Enter the audio security code using the preset buttons. If you enter an incorrect
digit, continue to the last digit, then try again. If you do not enter the code
correctly after 10 tries, leave the system for one hour before trying again, or visit
a dealer to have the system reset.

152

1Audio System Theft Protection
Find the audio system's security code and serial
number label in your owner’s manual kit.
We recommend that you write down the serial
number in this owner’s manual.
Do not store the label in your vehicle. If you lose the
label, you must first retrieve the serial number, and
then obtain the code.
You can find out about your serial number and
security code from a dealer.
U.S. models

You can register the security code at Honda Owners
(owners.honda.com.), and find information on how
to retrieve the serial number and obtain the code at
radio-navicode.honda.com.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

153 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w .
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
SETUP
access some audio functions.
Button
Press
to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Button
Selector
Knob
Menu Display

These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate
Press

to select.
to enter.

or
button on the
Press the SOURCE, (+ , (- ,
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 154
Setup menu items
2 Auto Select P. 157
2 RDS information P. 158
2 Sound Settings P. 155
2 Play Mode P. 163
2 Resume/Pause P. 173
2 Adjust Clock P. 96

Features

Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press
to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the Auto Select, RDS Information,
Sound Settings, Play Mode, Resume/
Pause, or Adjust Clock.
button: Press to go back to the
previous display.

1Audio System Basic Operation

153

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

154 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio Remote Controls

Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM XM1 * XM2 * CD AUX
Button
Button

(+ Button
(- Button

Features

(+ (- (Volume) Buttons
Press (+ : To increase the volume.
Press (- : To decrease the volume.

Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod®, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to Pandora® *
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
Press and hold : To select the next station.

154

* Not available on all models

1Audio Remote Controls
The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded.
When in the AUX mode, the following are operable
from the remote controls:
• iPod®/USB flash drive connected to the USB
adapter cable
• Bluetooth® Audio (with some phones only)

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

155 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound
SETUP
Button

Press the SETUP button, and rotate
to
select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:

1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.

Selector
Knob
Bass

Features

Treble

Fader

Balance

Subwoofer *

Treble is selectable.

* Not available on all models

Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation

155

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

156 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

/
Buttons
Press to display and select an
RDS category.
AM Button
FM Button
Press to select a band.
Features

SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the
strongest stations on the
selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, press the
button again.

FM/AM Button
Press to select a band.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press to search up and down
the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.

156

* Not available on all models

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a
band, then press the preset button.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to tune the radio
frequency.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

157 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Auto Select

1Playing AM/FM Radio

Use the auto select feature to scan both bands and store the strongest station in
each preset.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Auto Select, then
press .
To turn off auto select, press
again. This
restores the presets you originally set.

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
To switch the audio mode, press the SOURCE button
on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 154
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store 6 stations each.
Features

Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM
stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into
the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.

Continued

157

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

158 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio Data System (RDS)
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■ RDS information
1. Press the SETUP button and rotate
to
select RDS Information.
2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.

Features

■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category
RDS Category

158

1. Press the
/
button to display and
select an RDS category.
2. Use Seek/Skip or SCAN to select an RDS
station.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

159 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio *

Playing XM® Radio *

/
Buttons
Press
to skip to the
next category, and
to skip
to the previous category.

Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored channel, select
XM, then press the preset button.

(XM®) Button
Press to select XM® Radio.

Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select channels.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to previous
or next channel.

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

* Not available on all models

Continued

Features

SCAN Button
Press to sample all channels (in the
channel mode), or channels within a
category (in the category mode).
Each sampling continues for a few
seconds. Press SCAN again to cancel
scanning and continue listening to
the channel.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

159

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

160 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio *

■ To Play the XM® Radio

1Playing XM® Radio *

1. Press the
button to select the XM® radio band (XM1 or XM2).
2. Press the SETUP button, rotate
to select MODE/CATEGORY or MODE
CHANNEL. Each time you press , the mode switches between them. Press the
button to enter the setting.
3. Select a channel using
, or the Seek/Skip,
/ , SCAN, or preset
button.

■ To Select a Channel from a List
Features

1. Press
2. Rotate
.

160

* Not available on all models

to display a channel list.
to select a channel, then press

In the channel mode, you can select all available
channels. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
You can store 12 XM® stations in the preset buttons.
XM1 and XM2 let you store 6 stations each.
There may be instances when XM® Radio does not
broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This
does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

161 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA
format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.

Features

SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each song.
● Press to sample all tracks
on the CD (all files in the
current folder in MP3 or
WMA).
● Press twice to sample the
first file in each of the main
folders (MP3 or WMA).
● To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.

CD Button
Press to play a CD.

Buttons
Press
to skip to the
next folder, and
to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder in MP3 or WMA.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change
tracks (files in MP3 or WMA).

(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Continued

161

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

162 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA)

1Playing a CD
NOTICE

1. Press
list.

to switch the display to a folder

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unsupported, then skips
to the next file.

Features

Folder Selection

2. Rotate

to select a folder.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.

Track Selection

3. Press
to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate
to select a file, then press .

162

Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

163 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s).
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in
the current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.

You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.

2. Rotate
.
3. Rotate

to select Play Mode, then press
to select a mode, then press

Features

Play Mode
Items

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Normal Play, then press .

163

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

164 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

Playing an iPod®
Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB adapter cable, then press
the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 151

Album Art

Features

/
Buttons
Press
to go back to the
previous display.
Press
to set your selection.

USB Indicator
Comes on when an iPod® is
connected.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

AUX Button
Press to select iPod® (if connected).

Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change songs.

164

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

165 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

■ How to Select a File from the iPod® Menu
1. Press

1Playing an iPod®

to display the iPod® menu.

Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2 iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 187

2. Rotate

3. Press
4. Rotate

Features

iPod® Menu

to select a menu.

to display the items on that menu.
to select an item, then press .

Continued

165

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

166 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic Operationu

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode.
Shuffle: Plays all available tracks in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track.

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a track.
1. Press the SETUP button.

Features

Play Mode
Items

2. Rotate
.
3. Rotate

to select Play Mode, then press
to select a mode, then press

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Normal Play, then press .

166

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

167 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

U.S. models
iPhone® use only

Playing Internet Radio
Activate Pandora®, and connect the iPhone® using your dock connector to the USB
adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 151

Rating Icon
Album Art

Buttons
to the next

Press
station.
Press
to the previous
station.

Selector Knob
Press to enter PANDORA MENU.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

AUX Button
Press to select iPhone® (if connected
when the Pandora® application is
activated).
Skip Button
Press
to skip a song.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Continued

167

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

168 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

■ Pandora® Menu

1Playing Internet Radio

You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
• Station List (QuickMix is also available)
• Like
• Dislike
• Resume/Pause
• SKIP
• Bookmark this song
• Bookmark this artist

Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your iPhone®. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.

Features

■ Operating a menu item
1. Press
2. Rotate
3. Press

to display the PANDORA MENU.
to select a menu.
to display the items on that menu.

1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2 Pandora® P. 188
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.

168

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

169 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 151

USB Indicator
Comes on when a USB flash drive
is connected.

SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each file.
● Press to sample all files in
the current folder.
● Press twice to sample the
first file in each of the main
folders.
● To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change files.

Features

/
Buttons
Press
to skip to the
next folder, and
to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
Continued

169

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

170 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1. Press
list.

to switch the display to a folder

1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 190
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.

Features

Folder Selection

2. Rotate

Track Selection

170

If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2 iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 187

to select a folder.

3. Press
to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate
to select a file, then press .

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

171 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.

You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.

2. Rotate
.
3. Rotate

to select Play Mode, then press
to select a mode, then press

Features

Play Mode
Items

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Normal Play, then press .

171

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

172 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 201

Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.

Features

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Preset 1 Button
Press to switch the
mode between
pause and resume.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to
change files.

172

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Press to display the
device’s name.
AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth® Audio.
SETUP Button
Press to display
menu items.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

173 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.

1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Resume/Pause, then press .
Each time you press , the setting switches between pause and resume.

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.

Features

■ To pause or resume a file

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

173

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

174 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Rear Entertainment System *
Optional for U.S.

1Rear Entertainment System *

Allows the rear seat passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as a
DVD or CD, than the front passengers.

■ Wireless Headphones

The rear seat passenger can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system with
a set of wireless headphones that comes with your vehicle.
To turn on the headphones: Pivot the left
earpiece outward.
To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the
bottom of the right earpiece.
Features

If you want to listen to audio from the rear
entertainment system on the speakers, press
the AUX button until AUX mode is displayed.

Auxiliary Input Jacks
The system also allows for auxiliary inputs from
standard video game consoles. The jacks are in the
console compartment.
V = Video jack
L = Left audio jack
R = Right audio jack
1Wireless Headphones
Wear the headphones correctly with the L earpiece
on your left ear and the R earpiece on your right ear.
Wearing the headphones backward may affect the
audio reception.

174

* Not available on all models

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

175 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ Overhead Screen

1Overhead Screen

Pull down the screen to the first or second
detent until it latches.

Overhead
Screen

NOTICE

This vehicle's overhead mounted video display, if so
equipped, includes mercury-containing components.
Upon removal, please reuse, recycle, or dispose of as
hazardous waste.

Open
Button

To operate the system, turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or ON (w . Press
the REAR POWER button to turn on the system (indicator on).

Continued

Features

Operating the System

175

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

176 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ Control Panel in the Console Compartment

Play/Pause Button
Press to pause the CD/DVD.
Press again to resume.
REAR POWER Button
Press to turn the rear
entertainment system on and
off.
Features
(CD/DVD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD/DVD.

CD/DVD Slot

176

REAR CTRL OFF Button
Press to cancel the operation from
the rear seat.
SOURCE Button
Press to change the source DVD or
AUX. The indicator comes on for
the selected source.

AUX VIDEO Jack
You can connect other audio or
videos.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

177 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ System Controls and Menus for DVD
(Power) Button
Press to turn on the system.

DVD Button
Press to
watch a DVD.

AUX Button
Press to access AUX mode.

TITLE Button
Press to display the status of the
DVD that is currently playing.

The following options appear when you play a
DVD and press the MENU button.

Use , , , or
to highlight
a menu item, and press the ENT
button to make a selection.

Audio

Play Mode

Subtitle

MENU Button
SETUP Button

Chapter
Repeat

OFF
Chapter

Return

Title
Brightness

Rewind Button
Press and hold to reverse to
chapters.

Fast-forward Button
Press and hold to fast forward to
chapters.

Title

NumInput

Play/Pause Button
Press to pause the DVD. Press
again to resume.

Stop Button
Press to stop a DVD.

Angle
Search

Features

CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or operation.
Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change
chapters.

Top Menu

Disp Adjust

Contrast
Black Level

Aspect Ratio
The following options
appear when you play a
DVD and press the SETUP
button:

Tint
Color
Reset

Language

Normal
Wide
Zoom
Full

Continued

177

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

178 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ Playing a DVD

1Playing a DVD

• Insert a DVD into the slot in the console compartment.
u The system automatically starts the DVD.
• To fast forward, press and hold the fast-forward button. To rewind, press and
hold the rewind button on the remote.
• To go to the next chapter, press the
(skip) button. To go to the beginning of
the current chapter, press the
button on the remote. Quickly press the
button twice to go to the previous chapter.

■ TITLE button on the remote
Features

178

DVD is available for the rear seat passengers only.

1TITLE button on the remote

Press the TITLE button while the DVD is playing to see the current status of the title,
chapter, elapsed time, angle, subtitle, audio, and sound characteristics.

■ MENU button on the remote
Press the MENU button while the DVD is
playing to see the available options. Use the
and
buttons to highlight the option and
then press the ENT button.

Press the TITLE button again to return.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

179 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

Top Menu:
The top page of the DVD’s title menu appears. The title menu also appears when
you press the MENU button while the DVD is in the slot not playing. Press the
CANCEL or MENU button to return.
Menu:
The DVD’s title menu appears.

Continued

Features

Play Mode:
You can change the following three settings:
Audio - Select a language for audio that is available on the DVD. The sound
characteristics (Dolby Digital, LPCM, MPEG Audio, etc) of that audio is also
displayed.
Subtitle - Select a subtitle that is available on the DVD.
Angle - Select a view angle that is available on the DVD. If the DVD currently playing
does not carry multiple angles, only one option Angle 1 comes on. Press the
CANCEL or MENU button to return.

179

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

180 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

Search:
You can search for a DVD segment from the following methods.
Title Search - Find the title you want to play.
Chapter Search - Find the chapter you want to play.

Features

180

NumInput:
Enter a two-digit number, if issued to the DVD, to find the segment you want to
start to play.
1. Select NumInput to go to the number input screen.
2. Use the , , , and
buttons to input numbers.
u If you want to delete a number, select DEL.
3. The cursor automatically goes to ENT after you input two digits. Press the ENT
button to enter.
Repeat:
Highlight this option and press the ENT button to change the repeat mode from
chapter repeat and title repeat, to repeat off.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

181 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ SETUP button on the remote

1SETUP button on the remote

Press the SETUP button while the DVD is
playing to see the available options. Use the
and
buttons to highlight the option and
then press ENT.

Features

Disp Adjust:
You can adjust the overhead screen’s Brightness, Contrast, Black Level, Color,
and Tint. To return to the default display setting, select Reset.
After you make all the adjustments, the screen goes back to the top SETUP screen,
or press the CANCEL button to return.

Not all DVD formats allow for all the available setting
adjustments.

Aspect Ratio:
You can select the screen mode with a different aspect ratio from Normal, Wide,
Zoom, and Full. After you select the mode, it takes about one second to return to
the play mode with the selected ratio.
Language:
You can select the display language from English, French, and Spanish.

Continued

181

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

182 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

When the DVD is not playing

Initial Settings Press the SETUP button to configure the initial Language, Dynamic Range, and
Angle Mark settings before playing a DVD.

Features

Language Settings:
Select the language for the DVD’s displayed menus (Menu Language), the DVD’s
audio (Audio Language), and the DVD’s subtitle (Subtitle Language).
1. Select the language setting.
2. Select the language from English, French, Spanish, Arabic, German, Italian,
Dutch, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Japanese, and other.
3. If you select other, you need to enter the four digit language code to configure
the language that is not listed. Select Yes to go to the number input screen.
u To return to the Language Settings screen, select No.
4. Press the ENT button each time you input a digit.
u If you want to delete a number, select DEL.
5. The cursor automatically goes to ENT after you input four digits. Press the ENT
button to command.
Dynamic Range:
This feature reduces the difference between the loud and quiet sound levels. Select
ON or OFF.
Angle Mark:
You can select whether to display the angle mark appearing in the upper right
corner of the screen when you change the view angle while the DVD is playing.
Select ON or OFF.

182

1SETUP button on the remote
Initial Settings:
The prior language varies by disc. You may not be
able to configure your selected language setting.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

183 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ System Controls and Menus for CD
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.

DVD Button
Press to listen
to a CD.

TITLE Button
Press to scroll titles on CD.

SETUP Button

CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the
previous operation.
Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change tracks.
Play/Pause Button
Press to pause the CD. Press
again to resume.
Rewind Button
Press and hold to reverse to
track.

The following options
appear when you play
a CD and press the
SETUP button:

Features

Use , , , or
to
highlight a menu item, and
press the ENT button to make
a selection.

Brightness

Disp Adjust

Contrast
Black Level
Reset
Blue
Black

Appearance

White
Brown

Fast-forward Button
Press and hold to fast
forward to track.

Red
Language

Continued

183

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

184 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uOperating the System

■ Playing a CD

1System Controls and Menus for CD

Press the DVD button.
The available options that appear on the overhead screen are Repeat, Random, and Scan.
The fast-forward, rewind,
, and
buttons work similarly to operation a DVD.
2 Playing a DVD P. 178

To scroll the audio data title, press the TITLE button for five seconds.

■ SETUP button on the remote

Features

Press the SETUP button while the CD is
playing to see the available options. Use the
and
buttons to highlight the option,
then press ENT.

Disp Adjust:
You can adjust the overhead screen’s Brightness, Contrast, and Black Level. To
return to the default display setting, select Reset.
After you make adjustments, the screen goes back to the top SETUP screen, or press
the CANCEL button to return.
Appearance:
You can select the screen color from blue, black, white, brown, and red.
Language:
You can select the display language from English, French, and Spanish.

184

You can insert an audio CD compatible with the
system, or recorded in MP3/WMA/AAC formats into
the slot and play.
2 Playable Discs P. 185

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

185 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRear Entertainment System * uPlayable Discs

Playable Discs
The discs that come with these labels can be
played in your vehicle’s rear entertainment
system.
Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on
the package or jacket on the disc.
DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit.
However, the audio data, such as MP3, WMA
and AAC music files, on a DVD-ROMs can be
played.

1Playable Discs
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by U.S. patents and
other intellectual property rights.
Use of this copyright protection technology must be
authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home
and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
Features

185

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

186 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message
HEAT ERROR

High temperature

UNPLAYABLE/Unsupported

Track/file format not supported

BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK OWNERS
MANUAL
PUSH EJECT
Features

186

Cause

Mechanical error

Solution
●

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.

●

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.

●

Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.

●

2 Protecting CDs P. 192

MECH ERROR

●

BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK OWNERS
MANUAL

Servo error

CHECK DISC

Disc error

●

If the error message reappears, press the
button, and pull out
the disc.
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 192

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

187 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod®/USB Flash Drive

iPod®/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod® or USB flash drive, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message

Solution
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible with the
USB adapter unit.

Bad USB Device
Please Check Owners
Manual.

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

No Song

Appears when the iPod® is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Unsupported Ver

Appears when an unsupported iPod® is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod® is connected,
update the iPod® software to the newer version.

Retry Connection

Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod®. Reconnect the iPod®.

Unplayable File

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.

No Data

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Unsupported

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.

Continued

Features

USB Error

187

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

188 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

U.S. models

Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
PANDORA No Station

Solution
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station.

PANDORA Unsupported Ver. Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Please update the device application.

Features

188

PANDORA No Service

Appears when Pandora is performing system maintenance. Try again later.

PANDORA Check Device

Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Check your device.

Pandora Loading

Appears when Pandora is loading.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

189 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuDVD Player Error Messages

Models with rear entertainment system

DVD Player Error Messages
Error Message

Cause

Solution

FOCUS Error

Press the disc eject button, and remove the disc. Check for an error indication.
Insert the disc again. If the code does not disappear or the disc cannot be
removed, consult a dealer.

MECH Error

Mechanical Error

Region Error

Invalid region code

The disc is not playable in this unit. Eject the disc, and insert a disc compatible
with this system.

Heat Error

High temperature

Turn the system off and allow the player to cool down until the error message
is cleared.

Format Error

Track/file format not
supported

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file plays
automatically.

Features

Disc Error

189

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

190 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

General Information on the Audio System
XM® Radio Service *
■ Subscribing to XM® Radio
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the display: Turn the selector knob until 0 appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the XM®
website to subscribe.

■ Receiving XM® Radio
Press the
(XM®) button and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until
the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good
reception.
Features

■ XM® Radio Display Messages

190

* Not available on all models

LOADING:
XM® is loading the audio or program information.
OFF AIR:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
UPDATING:
The encryption code is being updated. Channels 0 and 1 still work normally.
NO SIGNAL:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
--------:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
ANTENNA:
There is a problem with the XM® antenna. Contact a dealer.

1Subscribing to XM® Radio
Contact Information for XM® Radio:
US: XM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-800-8529696
Canada: XM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or 1-877209-0079
1Receiving XM® Radio
The XM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

191 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

■ CDs with MP3 or WMA files
Features

• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3 or WMA formats may be unsupported.

Continued

191

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

192 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

1Protecting CDs
NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs

Bubbled/
Wrinkled

Features

●

Using
Printer Label
Kit

Sealed
With Plastic Ring
● Poor quality
Damaged CDs
CDs

Chipped/
Cracked
Small CDs

3-inch
(8-cm)
CD

192

With Label/
Sticker

Warped

Burrs

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

193 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod®, iPhone® and USB Flash Drives

Compatible iPod®, iPhone® and USB Flash Drives
■ iPod® and iPhone® Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80/160 GB (launched in 2007)
iPod classic 120 GB (launched in 2008)
iPod classic 160 GB (launched in 2009)
iPod nano (launched in 2011)
iPod touch (launched in 2011)
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4S

•
•
•
•
•

Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.

Features

■ USB Flash Drives

1iPod® and iPhone® Model Compatibility

193

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

194 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Models with navigation system

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®.
Models without navigation system

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

Voice control tips

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

■ HFL Buttons
Features

Volume up

Pick-up
Button

Microphone

Volume
down

Selector
Knob

Hang-up/Back Button
Talk Button

PHONE
Button

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate
to select an item on the screen, then press .

194

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the
button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

195 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

■ HFL Status Display
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone
is connected to HFL.

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

The i-MID notifies you when there is an
incoming call.

Roam Status
Signal Strength
Battery Level Status
HFL Mode

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is
under license. Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.

The information that appears on the i-MID varies
between phone models.
Call Name

■ Limitations for Manual Operation

Features

1HFL Status Display

You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 84

Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You
cannot select a grayed-out option until the
vehicle is stopped.

Disabled Option

Only previously stored speed dial entries can
be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 211

195

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

196 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.

PHONE or
Phone
Speed Dial*1

Call History*1

Display your speed dial entry lists.
(up to 15 entries per paired phone)

Features

Dialed Calls

Display the last 20
outgoing calls.

Received Calls

Display the last 20
incoming calls.

Missed Calls

Display the last 20
missed calls.

Phonebook*1 Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Dial*1

Enter a phone number to dial.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

196

1HFL Menus

Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

197 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Redial*1

Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Select a message and
Text Message

The message is
read aloud

.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.

Reply to a received message using one
of six fixed phrases.

Call

Make a call to the sender.

Display Message

See an entire received message (if more
than three lines of text).

Features

Read/Stop reading

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

197

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

198 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Phone Setup

Features

198

Connection

Add a New Phone

Pair a phone to the system

Connect a Phone

Connect a phone to the system.

Disconnect Phone

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Delete a Phone

Delete a previously paired phone.

Pairing Code

Create a code for a paired phone.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

199 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Speed Dial*1

Add New
Phonebook

Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Call History

Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.

Phone Number

Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.

Delete Speed Dial

Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.

Store Voice Tag

Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Change Voice Tag

Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Delete Voice Tag

Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Features

Existing entry list
Change Speed Dial

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

199

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

200 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Auto Transfer

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you
enter the vehicle.

Caller ID Info

Features

Passcode*1

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

200

Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.

Number Priority

Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.

Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Text Message Notice

System Clear

Name Priority

Turn incoming text message notifications on or off.

Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
codes.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

201 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.

Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

Features

4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.

5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

Continued

201

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

202 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

Features

already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
3. Rotate
to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select Add a New Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to Select Location.

5. Rotate

202

to select Empty, then press

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

203 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

6. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.

Features

7. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.

8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
9. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

Continued

203

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

204 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .

1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is “0000” until you change
the setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.

Features

3. Rotate
to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select Pairing Code, then
press .

5. Rotate
to select Fixed or Random, then
press .

204

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

205 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.

Features

3. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .

4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.
u A notification appears if the deletion is
successful.

Continued

205

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

206 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .

Features

3. Rotate
to select Message Notice, then
press .

4. Rotate
to select a mode you want, then
press .

206

1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
ON: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
OFF: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

207 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Create a Security PIN

1To Create a Security PIN

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Passcode.
3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to.
u Rotate
to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .

Features

4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
u Rotate
to select Yes, then press .

In the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.

5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Rotate
to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press
to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
2.
Continued

207

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

208 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Transferring
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate
to select On, then press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.
Features

■ Caller’s ID Information
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info.
3. Rotate
to select a mode you want, then
press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.

208

1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it
is stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

209 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Clear the System
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all
imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select System
Clear.
3. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .

Features

4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.

5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to finish.

Continued

209

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

210 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.

Features

Pref

Fax

Home

Car

Mobile

Message

Work

Other

Pager

Voice

If a name has four or more numbers, ∙∙∙ appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.

210

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

211 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

Continued

You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.

Features

Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New.
3. Rotate
to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
By Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
By Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
By Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate
to select Yes or No,
then press .
5. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.

211

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

212 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate
to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
5. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
Features

■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate
to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .

212

1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

213 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate
to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .
1Making a Call

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

Features

■ Making a Call

The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.

Continued

213

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

214 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported

Features

phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phonebook, then press
.
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate
to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select
, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.

214

1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 195
2 Speed Dial P. 211

1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 195
2 Speed Dial P. 211

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

215 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued

1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls.

Features

■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Call History, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the
button and
call the number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 211
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

215

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

216 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call
HFL Mode

Caller Name

1Receiving a Call

When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the
Press the

Features

216

button to answer the call.
button to decline or end the call.

Call Waiting
Press the
button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the
button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the
button if you want to hang up the
current call.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

217 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
PHONE button.

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

Features

2. Rotate
to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Continued

217

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

218 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text Message

Features

218

HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently
received messages on a connected cell phone. Each received message can be read
aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Rotate
to select Yes to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
the
button.

1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 222

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

219 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages

1Displaying Messages

1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Text Message, then
press .

The

icon appears next to an unread message.

Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 222
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
disappears from the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone.

Continued

Features

3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.

219

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

220 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Using the stop reading or read option
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Press
to enter Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Stop Reading or Read,
then press .
Features

220

1Using the stop reading or read option
This option changes to:
• Stop Reading while the text message is read out.
Select this option to discontinue the message readout.
• Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or
after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option
to hear the system reading out the selected
message.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

221 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I'm driving.
• I am on my way.
• I'm running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
After you reply, the following is displayed:
Features

■ Reply to a message
You can reply to a message using one of the
six common phrases available in the system.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press
to enter the Text Message
Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Reply, then press .
6. Rotate
to select the reply message, then
press .
7. The reply message you selected is displayed.
Select Yes to send the message.

221

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

222 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender

Features

222

You can call the text message sender.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press
to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Call, then press .
u HFL begins dialing.
■ Displaying an entire message
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press
to enter the Text Message
Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Display Message,
then press .
6. Rotate
to scroll down and display the
entire message.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

223 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Compass
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the compass self-calibrates, and the
compass display appears.

Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press and hold the SETUP button until the
display shows the compass setting menu.
3. Rotate
to select Calibration, then press
.

1Compass
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
• Driving near power lines or stations
• Crossing a bridge
• Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
• When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.

Compass Setting Menu Items

Features

While setting the compass:
• The
button returns to the previous screen.
• The SETUP button cancels the setting mode.

4. When the display changes to Calibration
Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
u The compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.

223

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

224 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuCompassuCompass Zone Selection

Compass Zone Selection
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press and hold the SETUP button until the
display shows the compass setting menu.
3. Rotate
to select Zone, then press .
The display shows the current zone
number.
4. Rotate
to select the zone number of
your area (See Zone Map), then press .

Zone Number
Zone Map

Features

3
4

12
5

Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11

224

7 8

10 11

1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

225 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 226
Maximum Load Limit........................ 229
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 231
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 234
Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 235
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information......................... 237
Important Safety Precautions............ 237
Avoiding Trouble ............................. 238
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 239
Precautions While Driving................. 241

* Not available on all models

Automatic Transmission ................... 242
Shifting............................................ 243
ECON Button ................................... 245
Cruise Control ................................. 246
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System........... 249
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
SystemTM * .......................................... 251
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 252

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 254
Braking
Brake System ................................... 256

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 258
Brake Assist System ......................... 259
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 260
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 261
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 262
How to Refuel ................................. 263
Fuel Economy.................................... 265
Improving Fuel Economy.................. 265
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories ...................................... 266
Modifications................................... 266

225

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

226 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

■ Exterior Checks
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
Driving

226

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 300

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.

1Exterior Checks
NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert key if the water freezes in
the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

227 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

■ Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 229

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 101

• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.

Driving

• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 122
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 125

• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 119
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 120

Continued

227

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

228 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 32

• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 68

Driving

228

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

229 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.

1Maximum Load Limit

3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.

Label Example

Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

Continued

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 344

Driving

(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 344

229

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

230 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Driving

Example1

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)

Example2

230

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

231 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
■ Towing Load Limits

1Towing Load Limits

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Maximum allowable weight of the trailer,
cargo, and everything in or on it must not
exceed 1,500 lbs (680 kg). Towing loads in
excess of this can seriously affect vehicle
handling and performance and can damage
the engine and drivetrain.
Total Load

Continued

Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600
miles (1,000 km).

Driving

Tongue Load
Tongue
Load

■ Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
• Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable
and cause it to sway.
• To achieve a proper tongue load, start by
loading 60% of the load toward the front
of the trailer and 40% toward the rear.
Readjust the load as needed.

3 WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.

Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 344

231

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

232 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

■ Towing Equipment and Accessories
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.

■ Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.

■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

■ Trailer brakes

Driving

Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.

■ Additional towing equipment
Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a
trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special
mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.

232

1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

233 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

■ Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
Small (Red)

Backup Light (Brown)

Left Turn Signal (Violet)

Brake Light (Pink)

Right Turn Signal (Green)

Option (Yellow)

Grand (Black)

When using a non-Honda trailer lighting harness and converter, get the connector
and pins for your vehicle from a dealer.

Driving

Your trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area.
Each pin’s purpose and wiring color code are shown in the image.

233

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

234 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer

Driving Safely with a Trailer
■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 231

• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.

■ Towing Speeds and Gears

Driving

• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.

■ Turning and Braking
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.

■ Driving in Hilly Terrain
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
heating and cooling system */climate control system * and reduce speed. Pull to the
side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
• Shift to the (d position if the transmission shifts frequently.

234

* Not available on all models

1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer is restricted
up to 65 mph (100 km/h).
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer's tires.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

235 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle

Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle can be towed behind a motorhome.

1Towing Your Vehicle
NOTICE

■ When Your Vehicle is Towed Behind a Motorhome

Do not exceed 65 mph (100 km/h).
AWD models

To avoid damage to the AWD system, your vehicle
must be towed with all four wheels on the ground.
Consult your towing parts sales or rental agency if
any other items are recommended or required for
your towing situation.
If you tow your vehicle behind a motorhome, the
transmission fluid must be changed every 2 years or
30,000 miles (48,000 km), whichever comes first.

Driving

Perform the following procedure before towing your vehicle.
1. Check the transmission fluid level.
u Make sure the fluid level is between the upper and lower marks.
2. Start the engine.
3. Depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever through all its positions.
4. Shift to (D and hold for five seconds, then to (N . Let the engine run for three
minutes, then turn it off.
5. Release the parking brake.
6. Leave the ignition switch in ACCESSORY (q .
u Make sure the steering wheel does not lock.
7. Turn off all the electric devices. Do not use any accessory power sockets.
u This can prevent the battery from running down.

Failure to follow the recommended instructions
exactly will result in severe automatic transmission
damage. If you cannot shift the transmission or start
the engine, your vehicle must be transported on a
flat-bed truck or trailer.

1When Your Vehicle is Towed Behind a Motorhome
NOTICE

Severe transmission damage will occur if the vehicle is
shifted from (R to (N and then towed with the drive
wheels on the ground.

Continued

235

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

236 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle

■ Extended towing
If you tow more than eight hours in one day, you should repeat the “before towing
your vehicle procedure” at least every eight hours. You also need to perform the
following procedure to prevent the battery from running down.
1. Remove the 7.5 A accessory radio fuse. This
Accessory Radio Fuse
fuse is located in the interior fuse box.
2 Interior Fuse Box P. 338

2. Store the fuse in a safe place so you do not
lose it.
u Make sure to reinstall the fuse before
you start driving your vehicle.

Driving

236

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

237 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.

Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 229

3 WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers can be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 26
2 Precautions While Driving P. 241

Driving

• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.

1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines

237

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

238 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble

Avoiding Trouble

Driving

238

• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight or down a slope is usually the
safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before
you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find
another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back
down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

239 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).

Brake Pedal

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P .

* Not available on all models

Continued

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below −22°F (−30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.

Driving

3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling system */climate control system *, and rear
defogger in order to reduce battery drain.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.

239

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

240 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

■ Starting to Drive
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 256

2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.

■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D or (d when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.

1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15
seconds.
• If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
• If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 106

Driving

1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.

240

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

241 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving
■ Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Honda
accessory).

■ In Rain
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine,
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

NOTICE

Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q or
LOCK (0 while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.

Driving

■ Other Precautions

1Precautions While Driving

Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.

241

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

242 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission

Automatic Transmission
■ Creeping
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

■ Kickdown
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Driving

242

1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 26
2 Precautions While Driving P. 241

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

243 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and
remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P .

■ Shift lever positions

Release Button

Park
Used when parking or starting the
engine

The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.

Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used for normal driving (gears change
between 1st and 5th automatically)
Driving

Second
Used to increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 2nd gear)
First
Used to further increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 1st gear)

(d Button

Drive (D3)
Press the (d button while the shift lever
is in (D .
Used when:
● Going up or down hills
● Towing a trailer in hilly terrain

Continued

243

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

244 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Shift Lever Operation

1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE

Tachometer's red zone

When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Shift Lever Position Indicator
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission indicator (D blinks when driving,
in any shift position, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Driving

Depress the brake pedal and press the
shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.

244

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

245 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguECON Button

ECON Button
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on
and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel
economy by adjusting the performance of the
engine, transmission, air conditioning system,
and cruise control.

Driving

245

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

246 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

Cruise Control
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator pedal. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can
travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.

■ Shift positions for cruise control:

Driving

246

Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.

In (D or (d

How to use

3 WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.

When to use

■ Vehicle speed for cruise control:

1Cruise Control

CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.

When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.

Cruise control is ready to use.

■ Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.

While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

247 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed
−/SET Button

On when cruise control begins

Press and release

Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.

Continued

Driving

The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

247

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

248 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.

You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Driving

• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.

■ To Cancel
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button

To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.

248

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

249 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
Helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than
what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does
so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

■ VSA® Operation
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.

The VSA® may not function properly if tire types and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
types of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

Continued

Driving

VSA® System
Indicator

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System

249

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

250 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

■ VSA® On and Off
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To turn the VSA® system on and off, press and
hold it until you hear a beep.
VSA® OFF
Indicator

VSA® stops and the indicator comes on.
To turn it on again, press the
button until you hear a beep.

(VSA® OFF)

VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
Without VSA®, your vehicle will have normal braking
and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA®
traction and stability enhancement.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the VSA® system is off, the traction control
system is also off. You should only attempt to free
your vehicle with VSA® off if you are not able to free
it when the system is on.

Driving

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control
systems switched off.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on or
blinks, the VSA® system comes on automatically. In
this case, you cannot turn the system off by pressing
the

button.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

250

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

251 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguReal Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *

Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *
When the system senses a loss of front wheel traction, it automatically transfers
some power to the rear wheels. This allows you to utilize all available traction and
may increase mobility.
You still need to exercise the same care when accelerating, steering, and braking
that you would in a two wheel drive vehicle.
If you excessively spin all four wheels and overheat the AWD system, only the front
wheels receive power. Stop until the system cools down.

1Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *
NOTICE

Do not continuously spin the front tires of your
vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can
cause transmission or rear differential damage.
The AWD system may not function properly if tire
type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same
size and type of tire, and the air pressures as
specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 306

Driving

* Not available on all models

251

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

252 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on.

■ TPMS Calibration
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
Driving

2 Checking Tires P. 300

Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The shift lever is in (P .
• The ignition switch is in ON (w .

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 300
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
• You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
• You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Snow chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
• A compact spare tire is used.
• There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires,
such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at
calibration.
• Snow chains are used.

252

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

253 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
TPMS
Button

Press and hold the TPMS button until the low
tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks twice,
indicating the calibration process has begun.
• If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator does
not blink, confirm the above conditions
then press and hold the TPMS button again.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.

1TPMS Calibration

• TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire is
installed.

• The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
• During this period, if the ignition is turned on and
the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
may notice the low tire pressure indicator comes on
briefly. This is normal and indicates that the
calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.

We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.

Driving

If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

253

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

254 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

U.S. models

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
Driving

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.

254

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

255 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Driving

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

255

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

256 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake

1Parking Brake

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Depress the parking brake pedal down with
your foot.

NOTICE

Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.

To release:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Depress the parking brake.
Driving

256

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

257 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Foot Brake
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 259
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 258

1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Driving

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

257

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

258 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.“

■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
Driving

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
• When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
• When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

258

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

259 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation
Depress the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

Driving

259

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

260 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly with the shift lever in (D .
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P .
4. Turn off the engine.

1Parking Your Vehicle

Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.

1When Stopped

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

NOTICE

The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
Driving

260

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

261 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Models with navigation system

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

See the Navigation System Manual.
Models without navigation system

The intelligent multi-information display (i-MID) can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to
(R .

■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Wide View Mode
Guidelines

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions, such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures, may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.

Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

Driving

Normal View Mode

Top Down View Mode

Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)

You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the
selector knob to switch the angle.
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next
time you shift into (R . If Top view was last used, Wide mode is selected.

261

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

262 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.

■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

Driving

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

262

1Fuel Information
NOTICE

We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

263 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

■ Fuel tank capacity: 15.3 US gal (58 liters)

How to Refuel

Pull

1How to Refuel

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle
under the lower left corner of the
dashboard.
u The fuel fill door opens.

3 WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Driving

Continued

263

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

264 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

Driving

264

Holder

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Cap
Cap

1How to Refuel

5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

265 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display/intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.

1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven

Gallons of
fuel

Miles per
Gallon

100

Liter

Kilometers

L per 100 km

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Driving

265

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

266 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 337

• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

Modifications
Driving

Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.

266

1Accessories and Modifications

3 WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

267 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 268
Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 269

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 270
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 271
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 277

Opening the Hood ........................... 278
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 279
Oil Check ......................................... 280
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 281
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 282

* Not available on all models

Engine Coolant ................................ 284
Transmission Fluid............................ 286
Brake Fluid....................................... 287
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 288
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 289

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades.... 296
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 300
Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 301

Tire Labeling .................................... 301
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......303

Wear Indicators................................ 305
Tire Service Life ................................ 305

Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 306
Tire Rotation.................................... 307
Winter Tires ..................................... 308
Battery............................................... 309
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 310
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone Care * ........................... 311
Heating and Cooling System */Climate
Control System * Maintenance....... 313
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 314
Exterior Care.................................... 316

267

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

268 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.

■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.

■ Periodic inspections
• Check the automatic transmission fluid level monthly.
2 Automatic Transmission Fluid P. 286

• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 287
Maintenance

• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 300

• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 289

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 296

268

1Inspection and Maintenance
U.S. models

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display/multiinformation display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 274
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 353
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

269 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.

■ Maintenance Safety
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Operate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation.

• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.

3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.

3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.

Maintenance

■ Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

269

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

270 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.

Maintenance

270

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

271 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Maintenance MinderTM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the information display and the intelligent multi-information display
(i-MID) every time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w . The messages notify you
when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for
indicated maintenance services.

To Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life on the Information Display
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press the
(Select/Reset) knob repeatedly
until the engine oil life appears on the
information display.

Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5
0

Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 to 91
90 to 81
80 to 71
70 to 61
60 to 51
50 to 41
40 to 31
30 to 21
20 to 16
15 to 11
10 to 6
5 to 1
0

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the intelligent multi-information display
(i-MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 274

Continued

Maintenance

The Maintenance Minder indicator (
) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.

1To Use Maintenance MinderTM

271

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

272 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items on
the intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
You can view them on the Maintenance info screen at any time.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press the MENU button to go to the Vehicle Menu screen.
3. Select Vehicle Information with the (+ button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Press the SOURCE button again to go to the Maintenance info screen. The
engine oil life appears on the intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
Engine Oil Life
2345

Main
Item

Maintenance

Sub Item

SOURCE
Button
SOURCE

272

MENU
Button

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

273 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the intelligent MultiInformation Display (i-MID) and Information Display

Oil Life Display on the
Information Display

Oil Life Display
15%
2345

15
Engine oil
Air filters

5%
2345

5
Engine oil
Air filters

Information

Maintenance Minder
Indicator

The engine oil life indicator The engine oil is
starts to appear along with approaching the end of
its service life.
other due soon
maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life
becomes 15 percent.
Starts to come on when
the remaining engine oil
life becomes 15 percent.
It goes off when the
display is switched.

The SERVICE message also
starts to appear along with
the engine oil life indicator
and the maintenance item
codes.

The engine oil has almost
reached the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items
should be inspected and
serviced as soon as
possible.

The remaining engine oil
life has passed its service
life, and a negative distance
appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10
km (Canadian models). The
negative distance on the
display blinks.

The engine oil life has
passed. The
maintenance items must
be inspected and
Stays on as a reminder
serviced immediately.
even when the display is
switched.

Continued

Maintenance

—

Explanation

273

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

274 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Service Items
System Message
Indicator

1Maintenance Service Items

• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

Maintenance Minder
Message

• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).

• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.

Main
Item

CODE
A
B

●
●
●

Maintenance

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil*1
Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes
Check parking brake adjustment
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
Inspect suspension components
Inspect driveshaft boots
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#

*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

274

* Not available on all models

Sub Items

CODE
1
2

●
●
●
●

3
4

●
●
●

5
6

●
●

Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element*2
Replace dust and pollen filter*3
Inspect drive belt
Replace transmission fluid*4
Replace spark plugs
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant
Replace rear differential fluid *

*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: If you tow your vehicle behind a motorhome, the transmission fluid must be changed every 2 years or
30,000 miles (48,000 km), whichever comes first.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

275 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
On the information display

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly
pressing the
(Select/Reset) knob.
3. Press and hold the
knob for ten seconds
or more.
u The engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item codes blink.
4. Press the
knob for five seconds or more.
u The displayed maintenance items
disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

Maintenance

Continued

275

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

276 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

On the intelligent multi-information display (i-MID)

Engine
Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes
SOURCE
Button

(- Button

Maintenance

276

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Go to the Maintenance info screen.
2 Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items on the intelligent MultiInformation Display (i-MID) P. 272

3. Press the SOURCE button.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the intelligent multi-information display
(i-MID).
4. Select Yes with the (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u Any maintenance items that are necessary for your vehicle at the next
maintenance service will appear.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select No, then press the SOURCE button.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

277 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Handle)
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)

Engine Coolant
Reservoir

Battery

Maintenance

Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Dipstick (Yellow Loop)

Radiator Cap

277

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

278 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle

1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.

1Opening the Hood
NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.

Pull
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.

3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.

Lever
Maintenance

Support Rod

Grip

Clamp

278

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

279 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.

1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.

Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

279

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

280 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange handle).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Maintenance

280

Upper Mark
Lower Mark

1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

281 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap

1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.

Maintenance

281

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

282 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the
information display/intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
Bolt

Under Cover

4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.

Drain Bolt

Maintenance

282

Washer

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

283 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Oil Filter

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.

Maintenance

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter gasket.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.

283

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

284 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

■ Reserve Tank
MAX

Maintenance

284

Reserve
Tank

1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.

1Engine Coolant
NOTICE

If temperatures consistently below −22°F (−30°C) are
expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more
information.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

MIN

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

285 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

■ Radiator

1Radiator

Radiator Cap

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

Maintenance

285

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

286 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Transmission Fluid
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)

Maintenance

286

Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1. Park on level ground, and start the engine.
2. Wait until the radiator fan starts and then
turn off the engine.
u Perform step 3 after waiting for about 60
seconds (less than 90 seconds).
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the
transmission and wipe it with a clean cloth.
4. Insert the dipstick all the way back into the
Upper Mark
HOT
transmission securely, as shown in the
Lower Mark
Range
image.
5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid
level.
u It should be between the upper and
lower marks in the HOT range.
6. If the level is below the lower mark, add
fluid into the dipstick hole to bring it to the
level between the upper and lower marks,
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.

1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE

Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle's transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Honda's new vehicle warranty.
NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

287 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Brake Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

NOTICE

■ Checking the Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
MAX
MIN

Brake Reservoir

1Brake Fluid
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pad as soon as possible.

Maintenance

287

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

288 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.

Canadian models

If the washer fluid is low, the washer level indicator comes on.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Maintenance

288

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

289 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1Headlight Bulbs

High/Low beam headlight: 60/55W (H4/HB2)

NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.

Halogen Bulb Types

■ High/Low Beam Headlight
Rubber Weather
Seal

1. Remove the coupler.
2. Remove the rubber weather seal.

Coupler
Hold-down Wire

3. Remove the hold-down wire, then remove
the bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

The H4/HB2 type is a halogen bulb.
When replacing a bulb, handle it by its base, and
protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard
objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Maintenance

The exterior lights' inside lenses (headlights, brake
lights, etc.) may fog temporarily after a car wash or
while driving in the rain. This does not impact the
exterior light function.
However, if you see a large amount of water or ice
accumulated inside the lenses, have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Bulb

Continued

289

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

290 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs *

Hold-down
Wire

5. Reinstall the hold-down wire. Hook the end
of the wire on the knob in the slot.
u You can see if the hold-down wire is in
the right place from the inspection
window.
6. Reinstall the rubber weather seal.
7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.

Inspection Window

Fog Light Bulbs *

1Fog Light Bulbs *

When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Fog Light: 55W (H11)
Clip
Maintenance

290

* Not available on all models

1. Remove the clip using a flat-tip screwdriver,
and push up the under cover.

NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
The fog lights are halogen bulbs.
When replacing a bulb, handle it by its plastic case,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

291 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Marker Light Bulb

Bulb

2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
4. Insert new bulb.

1Fog Light Bulbs *
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the
central pin to remove the clip.
Central pin

Tab

Coupler

Side Marker Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push
until it is flat.

Side Marker Light: 3CP
Bulb

Socket

Push until the
pin is flat.

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
2. Insert a new bulb.

291

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

292 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking Light Bulbs

Front Turn Signal/Parking Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Front Turn Signal/Parking: 24/2.2CP
Bulb

Socket

1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
2. Push in the old bulb, rotate to the left until
it unlocks, and remove.
3. Insert new bulb.

Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn
Signal Light and Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Maintenance

292

Lower Rear Side Marker/Brake/Taillight: 21/5W
Back-Up Light: 21W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21W (Amber)
Bolts

1. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
2. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

293 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs

3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

Bulb

Socket
Guide

5. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on
to the guide on the body.

Maintenance

293

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

294 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuUpper Rear Side Marker/Taillight

Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight: 3CP
1. Remove the lower taillight assembly.
2 Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear
Side Marker Light Bulbs P. 292

2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolt.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Bolt

4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
Maintenance

294

Socket
Bulb

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

295 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulb

Rear License Plate Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
Rear License Plate Light: 3CP
1. Push the left edge of the lens to the right
and pull out the licence light assembly.

2. Push the tabs to remove the lens.
3. Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

Tab
Bulb
Tab

High-Mount Brake Light Bulb

Maintenance

Lens

High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light bulbs.

295

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

296 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the metal wiper
arm may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.

Lock Tab

Maintenance

296

2. Push the lock tab up.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.

1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

297 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.

Blade

Top

Retainer
Blade

Tab

6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.

Maintenance

Indent

5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.

297

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

298 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.

1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.

Lock Tab

Maintenance

3. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.

Blade

298

2. Pull up the lock tab and release the wiper
arm.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

299 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.

Retainer

Rubber

5. Slide the wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.

Maintenance

299

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

300 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

Maintenance

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 305

• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

300

1Checking Tires

3 WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

301 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Label
Example

Tire Labeling
Example

1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.

1Tire Sizes

Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)

The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.

Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size

Maintenance

Maximum
Tire Load

Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
215/70R16 100S
215: Tire width in millimeters.
70: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
100: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
S: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).

■ Tire Sizes
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Continued

301

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

302 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN)
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

■ Glossary of Tire Terminology

Maintenance

302

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

303 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

Continued

For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
Maintenance

■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

303

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

304 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Maintenance

304

■ Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.

1Traction

■ Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

1Temperature

Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

305 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark

The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.

Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

Maintenance

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

305

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

306 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS, vehicle stability assist (VSA®), hill
start assist, and the AWD * system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

Maintenance

306

* Not available on all models

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3 WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

307 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display/
intelligent multi-information display (i-MID) helps to distribute wear more evenly and
increase tire life.

■ Tires without rotation marks

1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
Front
Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
Maintenance

Front

307

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

308 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.

1Winter Tires

3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Maintenance

Models with 215/70R16 tires

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1042
Models with 225/65R17 tires

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain TC2111MM
• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.

308

Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

309 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Battery
Checking the Battery
Check the battery condition monthly and check the terminals for corrosion.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 152

1Battery

3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.

• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 96

• The navigation system * is disabled.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual

Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.

The test indicator's color information is on the battery.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.

Maintenance

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.

* Not available on all models

309

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

310 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
Screw

Battery type: CR1620
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillipshead screwdriver.

1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

Battery

Maintenance

310

2. Open the remote transmitter.
u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
3. Remove the button battery with the small
flat-tip screwdriver.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

311 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care *
Models with Rear Entertainment System

Replacing the Battery

1Replacing the Battery

■ Remote Control

NOTICE

If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear
entertainment system *.

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.

Battery type: CR2025
1. Remove the cover.
2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

Continued

311

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

312 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * uReplacing the Battery

■ Wireless Headphone
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.
Battery type: AAA
1. To open the cover, insert a coin in the slot
and twist it slightly to pry the cover away
from the earpiece.

Coin
Cover

Maintenance

312

Battery

2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

313 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Heating and Cooling System */Climate Control System * Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The heating and cooling system */climate control system * is equipped with a dust
and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The
Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the heating and cooling system */
climate control system * deteriorates noticeably, and
the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be
replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

313

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

314 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

■ Cleaning Seat Belts
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Opening

1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

Maintenance

314

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

315 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

■ Floor Mats

Unlock

Lock

1Floor Mats

The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather *
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Maintenance

* Not available on all models

315

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

316 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

■ Washing the Vehicle
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine
compartment. It can cause a malfunction.

■ Using an Automated Car Wash
• Remove the audio antenna.
2 Audio Antenna P. 152

• Fold in the door mirrors.
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
Maintenance

316

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Air Intake Vents

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

317 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Applying Wax
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.

■ Cleaning the Window
Wipe using a glass cleaner.

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels *

* Not available on all models

NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.

1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Maintenance

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

1Applying Wax

317

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

318

318 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

319 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 320
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 321
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine ........................ 327
Jump Starting.................................... 328
Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 330
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 331

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On................................................ 333
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 333
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 334
If the Brake System Indicator Comes On
(Red) .............................................. 335
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On...........................335

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 336
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 337
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 339
Emergency Towing........................... 340
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..341

319

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

320 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.

Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle

Jack Handle Bar
Handling the Unexpected

320

Jack

Tool Bag

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

321 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery and apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 .

1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

321

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

322 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.

Handling the Unexpected

Tool Bag

2. Take the tool bag out of the cargo area.
Take the wheel nut wrench and jack handle
bar out of the tool bag.

Spare Tire

3. Take the jack out of the spare tire area.
4. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

322

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

323 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

5. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

The tire to be replaced.

Wheel
Blocks

7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

6. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.

323

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

324 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.

3 WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.

Jack
Handle
Bar

324

Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit in the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

325 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)

Continued

325

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

326 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Storing the Flat Tire
Wing
Bolt
Spacer
Cone

For full-size
tire

For compact spare tire

1Storing the Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely store the wheel nut wrench and
jack handle bar back in the tool bag. Store
the bag in the cargo area.
5. Store the jack in its holder. Turn the jack’s
end bracket to lock it in place.

■ TPMS and the Spare Tire
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the
comes on while you are driving.
After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short
time and then stay on, but this is normal.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 252

326

3 WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

327 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.

1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 328

Checklist
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 309

If the interior lights come on normally 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 339
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 239
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
●

2 Immobilizer System P. 106

Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 77
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

Handling the Unexpected

Starter condition
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 339

If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 340

327

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

328 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Jump Starting
■ Jump Starting Procedure

1Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12 volt booster battery only.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
Handling the Unexpected

328

Booster Battery

4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

3 WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

329 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuJump Startingu

■ What to Do After the Engine Starts
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster - terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster + terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
Handling the Unexpected

329

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

330 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.

■ Releasing the Lock

Slot
Handling the Unexpected

Cover

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into (N .
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

Release
Button

Shift Lock Release Slot

330

1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

331 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

Continued

3 WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the H mark may damage the engine.

Handling the Unexpected

■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.

1How to Handle Overheating

331

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

332 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ Next thing to do

1How to Handle Overheating
MAX

Reserve
Tank

MIN

Handling the Unexpected

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down,
contact a dealer for repairs.

332

3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

333 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

2 Oil Check P. 280

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the heating and cooling system */climate control system *, rear
defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer
for repairs.

* Not available on all models

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.

Handling the Unexpected

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

333

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

334 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink

Handling the Unexpected

• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

■ Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.

■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.

■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the
fuel fill cap.

334

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

335 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator Comes On (Red)

If the Brake System Indicator Comes On (Red)
U.S.

Canada

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

Handling the Unexpected

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On

1If the Brake System Indicator Comes On (Red)

335

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

336 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

336

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 252

■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 252

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

337 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
* Not available on all models

Amps
70 A
−
40 A
20 A
(30 A)
100 A
50 A
60 A
60 A
30 A
−
30 A
−
40 A
30 A
20 A
20 A
−
−
−
−
−
7.5 A
−
(7.5 A)

Circuit Protected
11
STRLD
12
Fog Lights *
13
Premium Amp *
14
Horn
15
Hazard
16
Stop
17
IG Coil
18
IGP2
19
−
20
−
21
−
22
DBW
23
IGP
24 Left Headlight Low Beam
25 Right Headlight Low Beam
26
SMALL
27
MG Clutch
28
Interior Lights
29
Backup

Amps
7.5 A
(20 A)
(20 A)
10 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
−
−
−
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
20 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.

Circuit Protected
EPS
−
ABS/VSA Motor
ABS/VSA FSR
E-DPS *
Main Fuse
IG Main
Fuse Box Main
Fuse Box Main 2
Headlight Main
−
Rear Defogger
−
Blower
Front Wiper Main
Sub Fan Motor
Main Fan Motor
−
−
−
−
−
Sub Fan Rly CL
−
Heated Door Mirror *

337

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

338 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Interior Fuse Box

10
11

Located under the dashboard.
Fuse Box

12
13
14
15

Fuse Label
Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

338

Circuit Protected
−
ACG
SRS
Fuel Pump
Meter
Power Window
VB SOL
Door Lock Motor 2 (Unlock)
Door Lock Motor 1 (Unlock)

* Not available on all models

Amps
−
10 A
10 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
15 A
15 A

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Circuit Protected
Amps
Trailer *
(7.5 A)
Moonroof *
(20 A)
Accessory Power Socket
(20 A)
(Center Console)
−
−
Seat Heaters *
(20 A)
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
10 A
(Unlock)
Driver's Power Seat Sliding * (20 A)
Driver's Power Seat
(20 A)
Reclining *
−
−
ACC
7.5 A
ACC Key Lock
7.5 A
Daytime Running Lights
7.5 A
A/C
7.5 A
Rear Wiper
10 A
ABS/VSA
7.5 A
Audio
10 A
−
−
Accessory Power Socket
20 A
(Front)
Washer
15 A
ODS
7.5 A
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
10 A
(Lock) *
−
−

Circuit Protected
32 Door Lock Motor 2 (Lock)
33 Door Lock Motor 1 (Lock)
34
Small Lights
35
Illumination
36
−
37
−
38 Left Headlight High Beam
39 Right Headlight High Beam
40
−
41
Door Lock
42
Driver’s Power Window
Rear Passenger’s Side
43
Power Window
Front Passenger’s Side
44
Power Window
Rear Driver’s Side Power
45
Window
46
−

Amps
15 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
−
−
10 A
10 A
−
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
−

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

339 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Blown Fuse

Combined
Fuse

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 337 to 338.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
conform the specific amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 337
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse Puller

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 . Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.

339

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

340 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
All models

■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

1Emergency Towing
NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE

2WD models

■ Wheel lift equipment
Handling the Unexpected

340

The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.

Improper towing such as towing behind a motor
vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

341 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the inside of the tailgate.

2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever to the side using a
flat-tip screwdriver.

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.

Handling the Unexpected

Cover

1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate

Lever

341

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

342

342 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

343 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 344
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...... 346

Engine Number and Transmission
Number...................................... 346

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 349
Warranty Coverages ........................ 351
Authorized Manuals......................... 353
Customer Service Information......... 354

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 347
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 348

343

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

344 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications

■ Engine Specifications

Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Rear
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating

Displacement

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)

Information

Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type

Honda CR-V
2
3
5
U.S.: 4,332 lbs (1,965 kg)*1
4,464 lbs (2,025 kg)*2
4,564 lbs (2,070 kg)*3
Canada: 1,965 kg*1
2,025 kg*2
2,070 kg*3
U.S.: 2,227 lbs (1,010 kg)*1
2,271 lbs (1,030 kg)*2
2,326 lbs (1,055 kg)*3
Canada: 1,010 kg*1
1,030 kg*2
1,055 kg*3
U.S.: 2,150 lbs (975 kg)*1
2,238 lbs (1,015 kg)*2
2,282 lbs (1,035 kg)*3
Canada: 975 kg*1
1,015 kg*2
1,035 kg*3
HFC-134a (R-134a)
13.6 – 15.4 oz (385 – 435 g)
SP-10

*1: 16 inch wheel with 2WD models
*2: 17 inch wheel with 2WD models and 16 inch wheel with 4WD
models
*3: 17 inch wheel with 4WD models

344

Spark Plugs

144 cu-in (2,354 cm3)
NGK
ILZKR7B-11S
DENSO
SXU22HCR11S

■ Fuel
Fuel:
Type
Fuel Tank Capacity

Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
15.3 US gal (58 ℓ)

■ Washer Fluid
Tank Capacity

U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)

■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (High/Low Beams)
Fog Lights
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights
Side Marker Lights
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillights
Lower Rear Side Marker/Brake/
Taillights
Back-Up Lights
Rear Turn Signal Lights
High-Mount Brake Light
Rear License Plate Light
Cargo Area Light
Vanity Mirror Lights*1
Interior Lights
Map Lights
Ceiling Light
*1: Not available on all models

60/55W (H4/HB2)
55W (H11)
24/2.2CP
3CP
3CP
21/5W
21W
21W (Amber)
LED
3CP
8W
2W
8W
8W

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

345 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuSpecificationsu

■ Brake Fluid
Specified

■ Engine Oil
Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Recommended

■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified
Capacity

Honda ATF DW-1
(automatic transmission fluid)
2.3 US qt (2.2 ℓ)*1
Change
2.7 US qt (2.6 ℓ)*2

*1: 2WD models
*2: AWD models

■ Rear Differential Fluid *
Specified
Capacity

Honda Dual Pump Fluid II
Change
1.32 US qt (1.247 ℓ)
Total
1.57 US qt (1.488 ℓ)

Capacity

■ Tire
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
4.0 US qt (3.8 ℓ)
Change
including
4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)
filter

Size
Regular

Compact
Spare

■ Engine Coolant
Specified
Ratio
Capacity

Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
1.64 US gal (6.2 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.16 US gal (0.62 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

Wheel Size

Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare

215/70R16 100S*1
225/65R17 102T*2
32 (220 [2.2])*1
30 (210 [2.1])*2
T165/80D17 104M
60 (420 [4.2])
16 x 6.5J*1
17 x 6.5J*2
17 x 4T

*1: Vehicle with 16 inch wheel
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel

Information

* Not available on all models

345

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

346 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. See the
image below for the VIN locations.

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.

Engine Number and Transmission Number
See the image below for the locations of your vehicle's engine number and
transmission number.
Vehicle Identification Number
Cover
Engine Number

Information

346

Automatic Transmission
Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

347 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Audio System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Immobilizer System
Remote Transmitter
Models with Rear Entertainment System

Rear Entertainment System Remote Control
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.

Information

As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

347

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

348 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.

348

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

349 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has “Readiness Codes,” as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle's emissions components
are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w , without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.

1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

Continued

Information

1. Fill the fuel tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about three minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

349

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

350 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

Information

350

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

351 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Information

Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.

Continued

351

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

352 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

Information

352

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

353 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

1Authorized Manuals
For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you
may require.

■ For U.S. Owners:
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

Information

353

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

354 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership's management, contact Honda Customer Services.

U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009

Information

354

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546

Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com

1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
P. 346
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

355 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Index
Index
Numbers
4WD .......................................................... 251

A
258
266
135
284
279
288
279
131
122
125
120
130
129
119
145
145
146
313
145
148
147
145

iPod®....................................................... 164
MP3/WMA/AAC...................................... 169
Pandora®................................................. 167
Reactivating ............................................ 152
Recommended CDs................................. 191
Recommended Devices............................ 193
Security Code.......................................... 152
Theft Protection ...................................... 152
USB Adapter Cable.................................. 151
USB Flash Drives ...................................... 193
Authorized Manuals ................................ 353
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 103
Customize................................................. 89
Automatic Lighting .................................. 113
Automatic Transmission........................... 242
Creeping ................................................. 242
Fluid........................................................ 286
Kickdown................................................ 242
Operating the Shift Lever................... 15, 244
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 330
Shifting ................................................... 243
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 151
Average Fuel Economy ........................ 79, 82
Average Speed ........................................... 82
AWD (All-Wheel Drive) ............................ 251
Index

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)..................
Accessories and Modifications ................
Accessory Power Sockets .........................
Additives
Coolant ..................................................
Engine Oil ...............................................
Washer ...................................................
Additives, Engine Oil ...............................
Adjusting
Armrest ..................................................
Front Seats..............................................
Head Restraints.......................................
Mirrors....................................................
Rear Seat Back ........................................
Rear Seats...............................................
Steering Wheel .......................................
Air Conditioning System (Climate
Control System) ......................................
Changing the Mode................................
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ..............................................
Dust and Pollen Filter ..............................
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode...................
Sensors ...................................................
Synchronized Mode ................................
Using Automatic Climate Control............

Air Conditioning System (Heating and
Cooling System) ...................................... 142
Cooling ................................................... 144
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 144
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 313
Heating ................................................... 143
Air Pressure ....................................... 301, 345
Airbags ........................................................ 37
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 43
Airbag Care ............................................... 51
Event Data Recorder .................................. 21
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 40
Indicator ........................................ 48, 71, 74
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 49
Sensors...................................................... 37
Side Airbag Cutoff System ......................... 46
Side Airbag Off Indicator ........................... 50
Side Airbags .............................................. 44
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 47
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............................ 251
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 156
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 258
Indicator .................................................... 71
Armrest ..................................................... 131
Audio Antenna ......................................... 152
Audio System ............................................ 150
Adjusting the Sound ................................ 155
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 151
Error Messages ........................................ 186
General Information ................................ 190

355

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

356 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Index

356

Battery....................................................... 309
Charging System Indicator ................. 69, 333
Jump Starting .......................................... 328
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 309
Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 310
Behind a Motorhome ............................... 235
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 29
Beverage Holders...................................... 134
Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 172
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ..................... 194
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 64
Brake System............................................. 256
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 258
Brake Assist System ................................. 259
Fluid ........................................................ 287
Foot Brake ............................................... 257
Indicator ............................................ 68, 335
Parking Brake .......................................... 256
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 117
Bulb Replacement..................................... 289
Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear
Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear Side
Marker Light ........................................ 292
Fog Lights................................................ 290
Front Turn Signal/Parking Light ................ 292
Headlights ............................................... 289
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 295
Rear License Plate Light............................ 295
Side Marker Lights ................................... 291
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight.............. 294

Bulb Specifications ................................... 344

C
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 65
Cargo Hook............................................... 137
Cargo Side Net.......................................... 136
Carrying Cargo ................................. 227, 229
CD Player................................................... 161
Certification Label.................................... 346
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 289
Charging System Indicator................. 69, 333
Child Safety................................................. 52
Childproof Door Locks............................. 102
Child Seat.................................................... 52
Booster Seats ............................................ 64
Child Seat for Infants................................. 54
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 55
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 60
Larger Children ......................................... 63
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 54
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 56
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 102
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 316
Cleaning the Interior................................ 314
Climate Control System............................ 145
Changing the Mode ................................ 145
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 146
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 313

Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 145
Sensors ................................................... 148
Synchronized Mode ................................ 147
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 145
Clock ........................................................... 96
Coat Hook ................................................ 136
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 321, 345
Compass.................................................... 223
Console Compartment............................. 133
Controls ...................................................... 95
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 284
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 285
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 284
Overheating............................................ 331
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 242
Cruise Control .......................................... 246
Indicator ................................................... 76
Cup Holders .............................................. 134
Customer Service Information ................ 354
Customized Features ................................. 84

D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 114
Dead Battery ............................................ 328
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ......................................... 144, 146
Detachable Anchor .................................... 34
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 347
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 112

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

357 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

E
Eco Assist System.......................................... 7
ECON Button ............................................ 245

Elapsed Time ............................................... 82
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator ............................................ 73, 335
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 249
Emergency ................................................ 340
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 349
Engine ....................................................... 346
Coolant ................................................... 284
Jump Starting .......................................... 328
Oil ........................................................... 279
Starting ................................................... 239
Switch Buzzer .......................................... 111
Engine Coolant ......................................... 284
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 285
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 284
Overheating ............................................ 331
Temperature Gauge .................................. 77
Engine Oil ................................................. 279
Adding .................................................... 281
Checking ................................................. 280
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 271
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 68, 333
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 279
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 73, 335
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 65
Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 316
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 121

F
Features .................................................... 149
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 313
Oil........................................................... 282
Flat Tire ..................................................... 321
Floor Mats................................................. 315
Fluids
Automatic Transmission .......................... 286
Brake ...................................................... 287
Engine Coolant ....................................... 284
Windshield Washer ................................. 288
Fog Light Indicator..................................... 74
Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 129
Foot Brake ................................................ 257
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 40
Front Seats ................................................ 122
Adjusting ................................................ 122
Fuel...................................................... 16, 262
Economy ................................................. 265
Gauge....................................................... 77
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 70
Range ................................................. 79, 82
Recommendation .................................... 262
Refueling................................................. 262
Fuel Economy ........................................... 265
Fuel Fill Cap .............................................. 264
Message.................................................. 334
Fuel Fill Door ............................................ 263

Index

Rearview Mirror ...................................... 120
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 280
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 112
Display Button............................................ 81
Door Mirrors............................................. 121
Doors .......................................................... 97
Auto Door Locking.................................. 103
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 103
Door Open Indicator ........................... 28, 72
Keys.......................................................... 97
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside .................................................... 101
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ................................................... 99
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 100
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 303
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support ................. 122
Driving ...................................................... 225
Automatic Transmission .......................... 242
Braking ................................................... 256
Cruise Control ........................................ 246
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines .............. 237
Shifting Gear .......................................... 243
Starting the Engine ................................. 239
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 313
DVD Player ............................................... 174

357

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

358 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Fuses .......................................................... 337
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 339
Locations ......................................... 337, 338

G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 265
Gauge ....................................................... 77
Information ............................................. 262
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 70
Refueling ................................................. 262
Gauges......................................................... 77
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Automatic Transmission........................... 243
Glass (care) ................................................ 317
Glove Box .................................................. 133

Index

358

Halogen Bulbs................................... 289, 290
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 319
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ............................... 194
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History ..................................... 210
Automatic Transferring ............................ 208
Caller’s ID Information ............................. 208
HFL Buttons ............................................. 194
HFL Menus .............................................. 196
HFL Status Display.................................... 195
Making a Call .......................................... 213

Options During a Call .............................. 217
Phone Setup............................................ 201
Receiving a Call ....................................... 216
Speed Dial............................................... 211
Text Message .................................. 206, 218
To Clear the System ................................ 209
To Create a Security PIN .......................... 207
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 2
Head Restraints ........................................ 125
Headlights................................................. 112
Aiming .................................................... 289
Automatic Operation............................... 113
Dimming ......................................... 112, 114
Operating................................................ 112
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 139
Heating and Cooling System ................... 142
Cooling ................................................... 144
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 144
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 313
Heating ................................................... 143
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 194
High Beam Indicator .................................. 74
Hill Start Assist System ............................. 240

I
Identification Numbers ............................
Engine and Transmission .........................
Vehicle Identification ...............................
Ignition Switch .........................................

346
346
346
111

Illumination Control ................................ 117
Knob ...................................................... 117
i-MID (intelligent Multi-Information
Display) ..................................................... 81
Immobilizer System.................................. 106
Indicator ................................................... 75
Indicators.................................................... 68
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System .................. 71
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 71
Charging System............................... 69, 333
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 76, 247
CRUISE MAIN.................................... 76, 246
Door Open.......................................... 28, 72
ECON Mode ..................................... 75, 245
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System ............................................ 73, 335
Fog Light .................................................. 74
High Beam................................................ 74
Immobilizer System ................................... 75
Lights On .................................................. 74
Low Fuel ................................................... 70
Low Oil Pressure ............................... 68, 333
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS .................... 73, 254
Maintenance Minder......................... 76, 271
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 69, 334
Parking Brake and Brake System ....... 68, 335
Seat Belt Reminder.............................. 30, 70
Security System Alarm............................... 75
Shift Lever Position.................................... 69
Side Airbag Off ................................... 50, 74
Supplemental Restraint System ........... 48, 71

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

359 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Tailgate Open ........................................... 72
Transmission ............................................. 70
Turn Signal ............................................... 74
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 72, 249
VSA® OFF.......................................... 72, 250
Washer Level ............................................ 76
Information .............................................. 343
Information Display ................................... 78
Instrument Panel........................................ 67
Brightness Control .................................. 117
intelligent Multi-Information Display
(i-MID)....................................................... 81
Interior Lights........................................... 132
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 120
iPod® ......................................................... 164

J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................ 324
Jump Starting........................................... 328

L
Language (HFL)......................................... 195
LATCH (Child Seats) .............................. 57, 61
Lights................................................. 112, 289
Automatic ............................................... 113
Bulb Replacement.................................... 289
Daytime Running Lights ........................... 114
Fog Lights................................................ 114
High Beam Indicator .................................. 74
Interior .................................................... 132
Light Switches ......................................... 112
Lights On Indicator .................................... 74
Turn Signals............................................. 112
Load Limits ................................................ 229
Locking/Unlocking ...................................... 97
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 103
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 102
From Inside.............................................. 101
From Outside............................................. 99
Keys .......................................................... 97
Using a Key ............................................. 100
Lockout Prevention System...................... 100
Low Battery Charge.................................. 333
Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 70

Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 68, 333
Lower Anchors...................................... 57, 61
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 229

M
Maintenance............................................. 267
Battery .................................................... 309
Brake Fluid .............................................. 287
Cleaning ................................................. 314
Climate Control System........................... 313
Coolant................................................... 284
Heating and Cooling System ................... 313
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 271
Oil........................................................... 280
Precautions ............................................. 268
Radiator .................................................. 285
Remote Control....................................... 311
Remote Transmitter................................. 310
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 289
Safety...................................................... 269
Service Items ........................................... 274
Tires ........................................................ 300
Transmission Fluid ................................... 286
Under the Hood ...................................... 277
Wireless Headphone................................ 312
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 69, 334
Map Lights ................................................ 132
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 229
Meters, Gauges........................................... 77

Index

Key Number Tag ........................................ 98
Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 100
Keys............................................................. 97
Lockout Prevention ................................. 100
Master Keys .............................................. 97
Number Tag.............................................. 98
Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 102

Remote Transmitter ................................... 99
Types and Functions .................................. 97
Valet Key ................................................... 98
Won’t Turn................................................ 19
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ....... 242

359

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

360 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Mirrors....................................................... 120
Adjusting................................................. 120
Door........................................................ 121
Exterior.................................................... 121
Interior Rearview...................................... 120
Modifications (and Accessories)............... 266
Moonroof.................................................. 110
MP3.................................................... 161, 169
Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 261

N
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 346

Index

360

Odometer.................................................... 78
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines.............. 237
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 279
Adding .................................................... 281
Checking ................................................. 280
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 271
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 68, 333
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 279
Viscosity .................................................. 279
Opening/Closing
Hood ....................................................... 278
Moonroof................................................ 110
Power Windows ...................................... 108
Tailgate ................................................... 104

Outside Temperature................................. 80
Adjusting .................................................. 80
Overheating.............................................. 331

P
Pandora®................................................... 167
Panic Mode ............................................... 107
Parking...................................................... 260
Parking Brake ........................................... 256
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator............................................ 68, 335
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 49
Passing Indicators ..................................... 112
Power Windows ....................................... 108
Precautions While Driving ....................... 241
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle .................................................. 241
Rain ........................................................ 241
Pregnant Women ....................................... 35
Puncture (Tire).......................................... 321

R
Radiator .................................................... 285
Radio (AM/FM) ......................................... 156
Radio (XM®) .............................................. 159
Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 158
Range .................................................... 79, 82
RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 158
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing)....... 349

Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
SystemTM.................................................. 251
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button..................................................... 118
Rear Entertainment System..................... 174
Rear Seat Back.......................................... 130
Rear Seats (Folding Down) ...................... 129
Rearview Camera ..................................... 261
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 120
Refueling .................................................. 262
Fuel Gauge ............................................... 77
Gasoline ......................................... 262, 344
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 70
Regulations .............................. 254, 303, 347
Remote Transmitter ................................... 99
Replacement
Battery.................................................... 310
Bulbs ...................................................... 289
Front Wiper Blade Rubber ....................... 296
Fuses .............................................. 337, 338
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber ........................ 298
Tires........................................................ 306
Reporting Safety Defects......................... 348
Resetting a Trip Meter............................... 79

S
Safe Driving................................................
Safety Check...............................................
Safety Labels ..............................................
Safety Message ..........................................

23
28
66
22

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

361 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Shifting (Transmission) ............................. 243
Shoulder Anchor......................................... 33
Side Airbags ................................................ 44
Cutoff System ........................................... 46
Off Indicator .............................................. 46
Side Curtain Airbags................................... 47
SMS Text Message ............................ 206, 218
Snow Tires................................................. 308
Spare Tire .......................................... 321, 345
Spark Plugs................................................ 344
Specifications ............................................ 344
Specified Fuel.................................... 262, 344
Speedometer .............................................. 77
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 40
Starting the Engine .................................. 239
Does Not Start ......................................... 327
Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 111
Jump Starting .......................................... 328
Steering Wheel ......................................... 119
Adjusting................................................. 119
Stopping.................................................... 260
Summer Tires ............................................ 308
Sunglasses Holder ..................................... 138
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 40
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................. 2, 3, 111
Synchronized Mode.................................. 147

T
Tachometer ................................................. 77

Tailgate ..................................................... 104
Unable to Open....................................... 341
Temperature Gauge................................... 77
Temperature Sensor................................. 148
Text Message .................................... 206, 218
Time (Setting) ............................................. 96
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 252
Button..................................................... 252
Indicator.................................................... 73
Tires........................................................... 300
Air Pressure ..................................... 301, 345
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 300
Inspection ............................................... 300
Labeling .................................................. 301
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 321
Regulations ............................................. 303
Rotation .................................................. 307
Spare Tire........................................ 321, 345
Summer .................................................. 308
Tire Chains .............................................. 308
Wear Indicators ....................................... 305
Winter..................................................... 308
Tonneau Cover ......................................... 140
Tools.......................................................... 320
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 231
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 232
Load Limits.............................................. 231
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 235
Behind a Motorhome .............................. 235
Emergency .............................................. 340

Index

Seat Belts .................................................... 29
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 33
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 31
Checking .................................................. 36
Detachable Anchor ................................... 34
Fastening .................................................. 32
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 60
Pregnant Women...................................... 35
Reminder .................................................. 30
Warning Indicator ............................... 30, 70
Seat Heaters ............................................. 139
Seats.......................................................... 122
Adjusting ................................................ 122
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support.................. 122
Front Seats.............................................. 122
Rear Seats............................................... 129
Seat Heaters ........................................... 139
Security System ........................................ 106
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 75
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 75
Select Lever ........................................ 15, 243
Operation ......................................... 15, 244
Releasing ................................................ 330
Won’t Move ........................................... 330
Select/Reset Knob ...................................... 78
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 56
Selector Knob (Audio) ............................. 153
Setting the Clock........................................ 96
Shift Lever .......................................... 15, 243
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 69, 244

361

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

362 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 252
Button ..................................................... 252
Indicator .................................................... 73
Transmission.............................................. 243
Automatic ............................................... 243
Fluid ........................................................ 286
Number ................................................... 346
Shift Lever Position Indicator .............. 69, 244
Trip Meter ................................................... 79
Troubleshooting ....................................... 319
Blown Fuse ...................................... 337, 338
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 19
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 20
Emergency Towing .................................. 340
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 327
Noise When Braking .................................. 20
Overheating............................................. 331
Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 321
Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 19, 102
Select Lever Won’t Move ......................... 330
Warning Indicators .................................... 68
Turn Signals............................................... 112
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 74
Index

U
Unlocking the Doors................................... 99
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ......................................................... 11
USB Adapter Cable ........................... 150, 151

362

USB Flash Drives ....................................... 193

V
Valet Key..................................................... 98
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 5
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 346
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 249
Off Button............................................... 250
Off Indicator.............................................. 72
System Indicator........................................ 72
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 279, 345
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 249

W
Wallpaper ................................................... 90
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 333
Warning Labels........................................... 66
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 351
Watts......................................................... 344
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 305
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 324
Window Washers ..................................... 115
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 288
Switch..................................................... 115
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 108
Windshield................................................ 115
Cleaning ................................................. 317
Defrosting/Defogging...................... 144, 146

Washer Fluid........................................... 288
Wiper Blades........................................... 296
Wipers and Washers ............................... 115
Winter Tires.............................................. 308
Snow Tires .............................................. 308
Tire Chains.............................................. 308
Wipers and Washers ................................ 115
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 296
Front....................................................... 115
Rear........................................................ 116
WMA................................................. 161, 169
Worn Tires ................................................ 300

X
XM® Radio ................................................ 159

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

363 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

14 CR-V-31T0A6200.book

364 ページ

２０１４年２月１０日 月曜日 午後７時１分

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2014:04:15 11:13:19-07:00
Modify Date                     : 2014:04:15 11:13:19-07:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2014:04:15 11:13:19-07:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:43d79e64-53e4-448c-a8f8-c2c9c9d75b29
Instance ID                     : uuid:02d65d9d-3756-4e0c-a293-0b3bdf6b919b
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 365

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Honda 2014 Cr V Owners Manual

Honda-2014-Cr-V-Owners-Manual-106980 honda-2014-cr-v-owners-manual-106980

Owners Manual Pdf 0A1414OM 2014 Honda CR-V Owners Manual Pdf | Owner's Manual Pdf

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation